Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 427

Installation and Operating Manual

for Transformer

Peru ENEL Dolly

Rated Power 40 MVA

Product Power Transformer

Transformer type EDUN7554D

Serial No. V170801

Document no. STWHMIV170801

Edition date 2022-11

Unrestricted
Table of Contents

Siemens Energy Transformers

Table of Contents
Overview of Revisions

Publisher Information

Warranty and Maintenance Declaration

Chapter 1 Ordering Data

Chapter 2 Technical Data

Chapter 3 Safety and Environment

Chapter 4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage

Chapter 5 Assembly, Evacuation and Oil Filling

Chapter 6 Commissioning

Chapter 7 Operation

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspection

Chapter 9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories

Chapter 10 Test Certificates of Accessories

Chapter 11 Test Certificates of Transformer

Chapter 12 Drawings

Chapter 13 Photographs

Chapter 14 Spare Parts and Special Tools

Chapter 15 Check Lists

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 1–I


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Overview of Revisions

Siemens Energy Transformers

Overview of Revisions
Rev. Chapter/Page(s) Description of changes Date
0 First edition 2022-11

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 1–II


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Publisher Information

Siemens Energy Transformers

Publisher Information
Publisher and Service Information
Siemens Transformer (Wuhan) Co., Ltd
Energy Sector
Power Transmission Division
Transformers
No.1 Jingyang Avenue
Yangluo Economic Development Zone
Wuhan, 430415
P.R.China
Customer Support Center:
Phone: +86 27 89669866
Fax: +86 27 89669927
email: cs.stwh.cn@siemens.com

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 1–III


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Warranty and Maintenance Declaration

Siemens Energy Transformers

Warranty and Maintenance Declaration


Siemens´ warranty obligations shall depend on and be subject to the following conditions.

 The goods have been stored, handled, or installed according to these instructions.
 Operating and maintenance was done by the Customer under the supervision of the
Customer’s senior staff following Siemens´ operating instructions and complete
operating manuals are kept by the Customer and are available to Siemens during the
applicable warranty period.
 Warranty claims may only be asserted if the Customer can prove that there is regular
inspection and service.
 No responsibility of Siemens under warranty shall arise from consequences of
alterations and repairs by the Customer or third parties. This does, however, not apply
for repairs carried out by the Customer or third parties upon the request or with the
consent of Siemens and following the instruction and/or under the supervision of
Siemens.
 No responsibility of Siemens under warranty shall arise from consequences of use of
components and parts which are not provided by Siemens.
 A defect or deficiency has occurred for which Siemens is responsible due to not proper
performance or not proper fulfillment of its obligations under the contract.
 The warranty obligations of Siemens do not apply to normal wear and tear. Therefore
in cases of warranty claims, ageing shall be given due consideration.

Subsequently the Customer shall do all of the inspection and service work in the intervals
stated and shall replace all the components and parts before they have reached their expected
lifetime.
Defects and deficiencies which result from service errors, exceeding the inspection and service
periods, operating errors, failure to replace the components and parts which have reached
their expected lifetime, or not observing the operating regulations shall not justify any
warranty claims.
In case of warranty claims, documentary evidence for the inspection or service work shall be
sent without delay to Siemens including the date and duly signed. Siemens shall also be
notified without delay of any defects or deficiencies, which could lead to a not proper
performance.

The inspection or service work has to be done by technical personnel, who is trained and
authorized for it. You may find detailed information on doing the inspection or service work
in the various documents in the operating and installation instruction for transformer. With
larger and more complicated sealing, assembly or service work and load interrupter switch
inspection, we recommend that you request mechanics from Siemens, who are especially
trained for this.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 1–IV


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
1 Order Data
Siemens Energy Transformers

1 Order Data
Customer:
Peru ENEL Dolly
Station/Plant: Peru ENEL Dolly

Serial no.: V170801

Product: Power Transformer

Transformer type: EDUN7554D

Rated power: 40MVA

Ratio: 200/√3 ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/√3 / 10 kV

Production plant: Siemens Transformers (Wuhan) Co., Ltd.


.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 1–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
2 Technical Data
Siemens Energy Transformers

2 Technical Data

2.1 Rated Power


40000 / 40000 / 13330 kVA at ONAF
32000 / 32000 / 10670 kVA at ONAN

2.2 Power definition


Power constant on all positions.
The transformer can be operated continuously at 105 % over excitation.

2.3 Rated voltage ratio


200/√3 ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/√3 / 10 kV

2.4 Voltages and currents at different taps


Voltage
Winding Current A
kV
Position 1 220/√3 314.9

HV Position 3 200/√3 346.4

Position 5 180/√3 384.9


LV - 62.46/√3 1109.2

TV - 10 1333.0

2.5 Vector group


Ii0i0 (Three phase bank: YNyn0+d11)

2.6 Impedance voltage in % at 75°C


Power
Pair of winding Tap position Impedance voltage %
MVA
1 12.02
40 HV - LV 3 11.38
5 10.86
1 6.33
13.33 HV-TV 3 7.03
5 7.97
13.33 LV-TV - 12.66

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 2–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
2 Technical Data
Siemens Energy Transformers

2.7 No-load current in %


UN x 1.0 : 0.050 %

2.8 Sustained short-circuit current


HV-winding: 3.52kA
LV-winding: 10.15kA

2.9 Maximum permissible short-circuit duration


3s

2.10 Insulation level in kV


Test items
Switching
impulse with Lightning impulse
Line Induced
Highest system with stand
terminal voltage test stand
voltage voltage LI
Winding Applied AC with partial voltage
Um FW / CW
test voltage withstand discharge SI
kV test measurement kV
kV kV
LTAC IVPD peak
peak
kV kV
HV 245 140 / 207.8 750 950/1050
HVN 72.5 140 / 0 - 325/-
LV 72.5 140 / 64.9 - 325/358
LVN 72.5 140 / 0 - 325/-
TV 12 28 / 18.0 - 75/85

2.11 Neutral loading capacity


HV-side: 100% rated current, LV-side: 100% rated current, but not simultaneously.

2.12 No-load losses


18.69 kW

2.13 Load losses at 75 °C


Power Load losses
Pair of windings Position
MVA KW
1 87.93
40 HV - LV 3 90.88
5 95.11
1 37.26
13.33 HV-TV 3 38.05
5 39.18
13.33 LV-TV - 38.95

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 2–3


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
2 Technical Data
Siemens Energy Transformers

2.14 Total losses


109.57 kW

2.15 Rated frequency


50 Hz

2.16 Sound pressure level / sound power level


1.0m away no-load (ONAN) sound pressure level LpA : 51.4dB
2.0m away no-load (ONAF) sound pressure level LpA : 58.4dB
2.0m away full-load (ONAF) sound pressure level LpA : 59.4dB

2.17 Adjustment of transformer ratio


Under load by operation of on-load tap changer for voltage regulation on HV-side.
De-energized tap changer to be operated off-voltage only!

2.18 Type of cooling


Cooling method: ONAF / ONAN (100% / 80%)
Cooling control: Auto

2.19 Temperatures
Ambient temperature = max.40.0 °C, min. 0 °C
ONAF:
Top oil temperature rise = 48.8 K
winding temperature rise = HV / LV / TV = 49.5 / 49.3 / 47.0 K
Winding temperature rise in copper determined from the rise in resistance
= HV / LV = 15.1 / 14.9 / 16.0 K

ONAN:
Top oil temperature rise = 49.3 K
winding temperature rise = HV / LV / TV = 51.4 / 50.9 / 47.9 K
Winding temperature rise in copper determined from the rise in resistance
= HV / LV = 13.0 / 12.5 / 13.5 K

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 2–4


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
2 Technical Data
Siemens Energy Transformers

2.20 Temperature monitoring in °C


Measurement of oil temperature:
Dial thermometer setting:
 Alarm: 80 °C
 Tripping: 100 °C
Fan control via top oil temperature:
Group 1: Fans „off“ at 35 °C

Fan control via winding hot-spt temperature:


Group 1: Fans „on“ at 65 °C

Measurement of winding temperature:


Dial thermometer setting:
 Alarm: 90 °C
 Tripping: 110 °C
 Supply current: 2 A
 Filament current: 0.842 A = 13.4K

2.21 Current transformer

2.22 Weights in kg/lbs


Total weight 72000 kg/lbs
Shipping weight without oil 64000 kg/lbs
Oil weight 14700 kg/lbs
Core-and-coil assembly 40600 kg/lbs

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 2–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

3 Safety and Environment

3.1 Safety

3.1.1 General
Statutory health, safety and environmental provisions and internally applicable healthy, safety
and environment protection provisions of the transformer/reactor operator must be complied
with and are merely amended by these provisions.

This chapter contains basic notes to be observed for transport, set-up, assembly, oil filling,
commissioning, operation and maintenance. These provisions raise no claim to considering
all details or offering a solution for all events.

For safety notes for the individual components and their handling, see the respective chapters.

Non-observance of these operating instructions and improper work during transport, set-up,
assembly, oil filling, commissioning, operation and maintenance may endanger interference-
free operation of the transformer/reactor or other equipment and lead to serious personal,
property and/or environmental damage and the loss of any damages claims.

Unauthorized conversion and spare parts production


Conversion or modifications of the transformer/reactor are only permissible in coordination
with the manufacturer.
Original spare parts and accessories authorized by the production plant are required to comply
with the safety provisions. Use of any other parts may pose a safety risk and lead to loss of
damages claims.

Persons authorized to work at the transformer/reactor


Serious violation or device damage can be the consequence of non-observance of the safety
provisions. Therefore, only qualified personnel must work at the transformer/reactor or in its
vicinity, and only under strict observation of the warning notes, safety notices and
maintenance provisions. Correct application, proper installation and maintenance warrant
perfect operation of the transformer/reactor.

Qualified personnel are persons trained for transport, set-up, assembly, oil filling,
commissioning, operation and maintenance of the transformer/reactor and the connected
tasks and familiar with the resulting risks.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

3.1.2 Safety Symbols


The safety notes are classified by the following symbols pursuant to ANSI Z535.6:

Personal injury:
DANGER
DANGER! designates directly pending danger. If it is not avoided, death or serious injury
will be the consequence.

WARNING
WARNING! designates possibly pending danger. If it is not avoided, death or serious injury
may be the consequence.

CAUTION
CAUTION! designates possibly pending danger. If it is not avoided, light or minor injury
may be the consequence.

Product/Machine/Plant Damage:
ATTENTION
ATTENTION! designates a potentially harmful situation. If it is not avoided, the system or
something in its environment may be damaged.

General notes:
NOTE
General notes (no personal injury or product/machine/plant damage)

3.1.3 Transport
Only the designated transport facilities must be used for transport (lifting, pulling, turning) or
to set down the transformer/reactor.
Designated transport facilities can be found in the binding dimension drawing or the
operating instructions of the transformer/reactor.
The center of gravity of the transformer/reactor or attachment part must be verified before
lifting or moving it.

Precautions must be taken for transformers/reactors or heavy attachment parts to prevent


slipping or tilting.

Transport of the transformer/reactor must be performed by authorized transport companies.

3.1.4 Set-Up, Assembly and Oil Filling


The foundation's oil pit must be sized according to the total oil volume of the
transformer/reactor. This is the responsibility of the construction company or the overall
company. The national construction provisions and laws must be complied with.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

The oil filling procedure must be performed according to the indications and notes in these
operating provisions.

3.1.5 Operation, Inspection and Maintenance


WARNING
All applicable safety standards and provisions must be complied with under all
circumstances, in particular during inspection, commissioning and maintenance of
transformers.
Inspection of transformers/reactors and controlling of diverter switch is only permitted
to instructed and authorized specialists.
Due to the possible danger of explosion and danger of high voltage/current at the tank
or motor operation cabinet, no persons must stand near any live transformer/reactor
when inspections are performed.
While persons are standing close to a live transformer, e.g. during commissioning and
maintenance, no controlling operations must be performed at the diverter switch.

The transformer/reactor with the assigned and delivered equipment must only be inspected,
operated and serviced as follows:
 According to the information and notes in these operating provisions (maintenance
according to the detailed information on recommended intervals).
 Work processes must only be performed by qualified, trained and experienced personnel.

Any action contrary to the above may lead to:


 Endangering persons
 Damage or outage of the transformer/reactor with associated equipment
 Reduced service life of the transformer/reactor with associated equipment
 Loss of warranty services

Note that power transformers are deemed passive equipment without irradiation danger
pursuant to the relevant EMC provisions.

CAUTION
Observe that some media may be hot (let them cool off).

3.1.5.1 Conduct during assembly and maintenance work at the electrical


systems
 Observe safety distances pursuant to the applicable provisions.
 In the scope of assembly or maintenance orders, always inform of the scope, switching
condition and special danger.
 Work at live parts is generally prohibited at high-voltage systems.
 Control operations in electrical systems are reserved for the relevant operating personnel.
 When working in operating sites with a fire or explosion risk, learn about the present
special provisions before taking up work and comply with them.

The following five safety rules must be observed:


Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–3
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

1. Power down
2. Secure against reactivation
3. Verify that the equipment is powered down
4. Ground and short-circuit
5. Cover or cordon off any adjacent live parts

3.1.5.2 Work inside the tank


There should not be any reason for climbing into the tank during operation or normal
maintenance cycles.

DANGER
The transformer was filled with gas for transport. Therefore, observe that the tank is
subject to an overpressure of approx. 0.3 bar when opening flanges or hand holes
If the tank interior is to be accessed, remove the gas by evacuation and replace it with
dried breathing air if the tank is filled with gas (e.g. nitrogen).
Internal inspection must only be performed in the presence of Siemens service staff or a
person authorized by Siemens.
In case of internal inspection, ensure that the air in the tank has an oxygen share of
> 20 %.
Harmlessness of the breathing air must be verified by appropriate measurements before
entering the tank.
Always observe the safety directives for work in containers.

3.1.6 Fire protection measures when working at oil transformers


In case of overheating of insulation media, e.g. transformer oil, oil vapors may result and form
an explosive mixture with air at a certain ratio, e.g. during subsequent welding of oily or oil-
filled containers. Gas also forms in case of electrical current through oil. These gases are also
flammable and form an explosive mixture with air.

Welding and soldering work with open fire and generation of electrical sparks by testing and
switching procedures in oil-filled or partially oil-filled or oily transformer tanks, conservator,
cable terminal boxes, therefore require special safety measures like filling with nitrogen or

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–4


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

application of vacuum, etc. Specialists of Siemens are to be requested for such work or precise
instructions are to be requested.

Fire prevention, alarm and initial measures are generally mandatory.

Specifically observe the following:


 In case of fire, there is the danger of touching live parts of the system. Take special care.
 Fire alarm and telecommunications centers must not be switched off.
 Electrical machines, control rooms, transformer stations, control panels, control cabinets,
telecommunications frames and devices must be mainly protected from extinguishing
water.
 Hand fire extinguishers must be approved for extinguishing fires in electrical systems.

3.1.7 Retirement of equipment


According to the local laws and regulations , the customer shall scrap the products。

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

3.2 Environmental Protection

3.2.1 General
All possible and imaginable provisions must be taken to prevent environmental damage
pursuant to the nationally applicable laws.

Among others, this includes:


 Leaking or improper disposal of substances
 Impermissible generation of noise
 Impairing communications systems by insufficient shielding of electrical
conductors/cables

3.2.2 Disposal
Disposal of the entire transformer/reactor or its parts by the operator commits the operator to
disposing of the parts/materials according to the national environmental laws.

We recommend charging specialized disposal companies with environmentally compatible


disposal of the transformer/reactor and its components.

The following sections list the most frequent components of the transformer/reactor that
require special provisions for disposal.

3.2.2.1 Insulating oil and oil-insulated components


Insulation oil for transformers/reactors is a mineral oil used for insulation and cooling. It is
filled into the tank, conservator, cooling system and diverter switch (if present) before
commissioning.
Like insulating oil, oil-insulated components of the transformer/reactor (e.g. oil-soaked Nomex
paper, oil-insulated transformer board components, oil-soaked insulating paper or oil-
insulated laminate wood components) are no hazardous substances in the delivered
condition. However, chemical oil composition may change during the transformer's service
life.
Insulating oil and oil-insulated components must be disposed of environmentally compatibly
pursuant to the national disposal provisions. For disposal notes, see the safety data-sheet of
the insulating oil (see chapter 3.2.3).

3.2.2.2 Condenser bushings


Depending on the basic type, bushings may contain materials like porcelain, copper,
aluminum, steel, resin-insulated paper, oil-insulated paper, epoxy resin and insulating oil.

Oil- or resin-insulated components are no hazardous substances in the delivered condition,


but the chemical oil or resin composition may change during the service life.
Condenser bushings and their components must be disposed of environmentally compatibly
pursuant to the national disposal provisions.

See operating instructions for bushings in chapter 9 "Technical Documentation of the Heavy
Part and Accessories".

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–6


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

3.2.2.3 Paint with thinner for outer corrosion protection/varnish impregnation


Paints and thinners must be disposed of environmentally compatibly pursuant to the local
disposal provisions. For disposal notes, see the safety data-sheet of the paints and thinners
(see chapter 3.2.3).

3.2.2.4 Desiccant beads


The following components contain desiccant beads (e.g. silica gel) as drying agents
• dehydrating breather
• various components (e.g. bushing pots) in the delivered condition
Desiccant beads must be disposed of environmentally compatibly pursuant to the national
disposal provisions.

For disposal notes, see the safety data-sheet of the desiccant beads (see chapter 3.2.3).

3.2.3 Safety Data-sheets


3.2.3.1 Insulating oil

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–7


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–8


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–9


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–10


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–11


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–12


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–13


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–14


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–15


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–16


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–17


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–18


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–19


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–20


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–21


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–22


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
3 Safety and Environment
Siemens Energy Transformers

3.2.3.2 Paints and thinners

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 3–23


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage


This chapter deals with transport, reloading and loading off of the transformer, transport and
arrival inspections and storage of the transformer/reactor (heavy part) and accessories.

4.1 General
The profile and weight limitations or the customer's request determine the mode of transport
for the transformer.
The different structural parts, like bushings, pipe lines, cooling devices, conservator, etc. are
marked and disassembled according to the transport conditions (see dimension drawing,

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

shipping parts list/packing list). The openings exposed by this are tightly closed with transport
lids.

NOTE
Transport lids are part of the scope of delivery. Unless other provisions apply expressly,
they are to be stored carefully.

For transport dimensions and detail weights and information on lifting bolts, pulling eyes and
lifting points, see the dimension drawing or loading plan.

We recommend using at least one shock recorder, depending on transport duration, for all
transport types described in the following.

4.2 Transport Preparations


Depending on whether the transformer is shipped with or without oil, different provisions
must be made.

4.2.1 Transport without oil or partially filled transformers


(with dry air or nitrogen)
NOTE
For safety data-sheets, see chapter 3.2.3

Transport of partially filled transformers/reactors


When transporting partially filled transformers/reactors, the insulating medium is lowered by
approx 100-200 mm from the upper edge of the cover depending on build, since temperature
increases lead to oil volume increase.

ATTENTION
Ensure that all insulation parts are completely covered in oil to prevent moisturizing or
destruction of the insulation parts. The tank space freed by this must be filled with dry
gas.

Transport of the transformer without oil


When transporting transformers/reactors without oil, several attachment parts are removed
after the oil is pumped off. They are closed off tightly like the transformer/reactor openings.

ATTENTION
For specific parameters for vacuum, time and moisture, contact the manufacturer's plant.

Fill the transformer/reactor with dried gas for both transport types.

Use and characteristics of filling gases


 Dried nitrogen with a purity of 99.996 % or dry air (EN 12021)
 Overpressure (dry air/nitrogen): 0.3 bar at 20 °C

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

The dry air/nitrogen fill provides dry atmosphere in the transformer tank during transport and
assembly and thus maintains the electrical characteristics of insulation.

The dry air/nitrogen fill and overpressure prevent moist air from entering the active part. This
overpressure must be verified in the different transport interfaces and indicated to the
manufacturer plant in a timely manner.

Determination of the degree of moisture in the transformer


To determine the degree of moisture in the transformer/reactor during and after transport, it
can be equipped with a moisture indicator Fig. 4-1 or desiccant beads (silica gel pack). If no
moisture indicators are used, determine moisture with a moisture meter.

Moisture indicator
The moisture indicator function is based on a chemical color change that occurs when a
certain moisture is exceeded.

Fig. 4-1 Moisture indicator with comparison color

If the color of moisture indicator "A" is lighter than comparison field "B", the moisture content
is > 8 %. In this case, contact the manufacturer plant for further measures.

Desiccant beads
Desiccant beads (e.g. silica gel) have the function of absorbing and binding any occurring
moisture in the tank.
If moisture is absorbed, the color of the desiccant beads changes according to the colors
indicated in the material safety data sheet (see chapter 3.2.3).
The silica gel pack has the scripture “Attention Desiccant Box inside” in the marked position.

Dry air / nitrogen fill


The tank is filled with dry air / nitrogen via dry air/nitrogen bottles.

The equipment has at least one high-pressure dry air/nitrogen bottle connected to the tank.

NOTE
The number of bottles depends on the volume to be filled and the duration of transport.

Attachment of dry air / nitrogen bottles

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–3


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

The dry air/nitrogen bottles are attached to the tank with screw terminals (to be removed
before commissioning).
Every bottle is equipped with a high-pressure controller.
If there are two bottles, a 3-directional adapter is used for connecting the bottles and the tank.

Operation of dry air/nitrogen bottles


The pressure in the full dry air/nitrogen bottle is approx. 150-200 bar and is reduced to approx.
0.3 bar by the high-pressure controller.
Two pressure gauges are attached to each high-pressure controller. The high-pressure gauge
(0 to 300 bar) indicates the pressure in the bottle, the low-pressure gauge (-1.0 to +1.5 bar)
that in the tank.
The pressure gauge display at the high-pressure gauge should be regularly inspected to
warrant permanent presence of the overpressure in the tank.

NOTE
Dry air / nitrogen are automatically supplied to the tank if the overpressure in the tank
drops below 0.1 bar. An overpressure valve opens when the overpressure in the tank
exceeds 0.55 bar.

We recommend the following inspection of the pressure indication:


 right after arrival at the transport interfaces and at the destination
 at least once per week
 24 hours after re-application of overpressure

ATTENTION
No parts of the dry air/nitrogen equipment must be removed, and the settings at the
high-pressure controllers must not be changed.
Ensure that no insulation oil enters the high-pressure controller.

Replacement of dry air / nitrogen bottles


The bottles need to be replaced when the pressure at the high-pressure manometer drops to
below 15 bar.

Procedure:
1. Close valves at all bottles
2. Close dry air/nitrogen inlet valve at the transformer tank
3. Disconnect hose from the bottle to be replaced
4. Replace bottle
5. Connect hose to new bottle
6. Open valves at the bottles (the high-pressure gauge should now display approx. 150 bar,
the low-pressure gauge 0.35 bar)
7. Open the dry air / nitrogen inlet valve at the transformer tank

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–4


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

Set-up for two bottles Set-up for on bottle

1 Low-pressure gauge
2 High-pressure gauge
3 3-directional adapter
4 Inlet valve
5 Tank
6 High-pressure controller
7 Dry air / nitrogen bottles
Fig. 4-2 Dry air / nitrogen equipment for one or two bottles

4.2.2 Transport with oil (completely assembled)


In case of transformers with complete oil filling and conservator, ensure that the dehydrating
breather works or that the connection piece at the conservator is open for small transformers.
In this case, the transformer's inclination must not exceed 10% at transport. In doubt contact
the manufacturer's plant.

4.3 Loading/unloading the heavy part


Lift the unit only at the intended lifting points/lifting eyes/lifting angles pursuant to the
loading/transport plan and/or dimension drawing.

Observe that the transformer/reactor must be lifted and put down evenly horizontally.

If the transformer is put down on rails or supports, proceed according to the dimension
drawing or contact the manufacturer's plant.

Charge certified transport companies with transport work.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

4.4 Installation on foundation

4.4.1 Requirements for transformer foundations


Foundations for oil-filled transformers shall be laid in accordance with relevant industrial
regulations, environmental guidelines and standards. The foundations shall be laid so that the
transformer function, such as gas flow to the Buchholz relay, is not impeded. Levelness of the
foundation is of fundamental importance for the following operational reasons:
 Avoidance of unnecessary vibration (e.g. at the tank), which may result in excessive noise
and component stress.
 Avoidance of excessive component stress, (e.g. at the on-load tap-changer).
 Valid individual tolerance allowances can be taken from the different setup types

4.4.2 Foundation for setup of the transformers / reactors on wheels


1. Installation
The rails shall be leveled on the foundation and attached by appropriate means.

2. Height tolerance
Permissible height deviations (TH) between the different points apply in the loaded state. The
distances indicated refer to the center-to-center spacing between the wheels.

3. Wheel arrangement 1

Rail 1 Rail 2

• = reference points
Fig. 4-3 Wheel arrangement 1

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–6


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

4. Wheel arrangement 2
Rail 1 Rail 2 Rail 3 Rail 4

• = reference points
Fig. 4-4 Wheel arrangement 2

5. Rail groove dimensions for circle runs

Fig. 4-5 Rail-groove dimensions for circle runs

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–7


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

4.4.3 Flat foundation for the support of transformers/reactors


NOTE
Valid Tolerances ± 2 mm.

1. Arrangements on flat foundation with rails


Use of rails for transformer setup. (Siemens Power Transformers preferred solution):

1 Block foundation
2 Tank bottom outside contour of transformer
3 Foundation rail (total tolerance of rails to each other ± 2 mm)
4 Outside contour of separate positioned cooling system (total tolerance rail to foundation of cooling
system ± 4 mm)
5 Un-stiffed tank bottom
6 Stiffed tank bottom
Fig. 4-6 Arrangements on flat foundation with rails

Fig. 4-7 Arrangements on flat foundation with rails - Intersection A - A

The rail facility displayed (Fig. 4-6 and Fig. 4-7) is suitable for transformers with flat tank base
plates or cross-braced base plates. Two foundation rails are sufficient for base plates which

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–8


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

are ≤ 1500 mm wide. The total tolerance between rails is ± 2 mm. The tolerance between rails
and the cooling system foundation is ± 4 mm.

2. Assembly on flat foundation without rails


Requirements to the foundation of the transformer/reactor: The tolerance ±2 mm for the
standing area of the transformer and its components placed on the foundation (e.g. cooling

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–9


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

facility) with ±4 mm to the transformer standing area must be complied with. This may be
achieved, e.g., with grouting concrete.

1 Transformer
2 Cooling system
3 Adequate balance material for transformer arrangement: e.g. grouting concrete
4 Block foundation
Fig. 4-8 Arrangements on flat foundation without rails

3. Variant foundations
The requirements for the foundation as described in chapter 4.4.3, items 1 and 2, are valid

NOTE
The balance materials required to achieve the tolerances, e.g. shims, are not included in
the transformer manufacturer's delivery.

4.5 Transport of the Heavy Part, Accessories and Oil


Drums

4.5.1 Transport of the Heavy Part


Use suitable transport equipment for transporting (train, road, ship) transformers/reactors.
For safety devices and permissible loading dimensions, see the loading/transport plan.
To transport and secure the heavy part, attach it at the points indicated in the
loading/transport plan or dimension drawing with suitable attachment means.

The maximum permissible inclination must be coordinated with the manufacturer's plant in
advance.
We recommend using shock recorders to monitor the maximum permissible accelerations.

Road transport
At larger inclinations and less available space, we recommend using an SPMT (Self Propelled
Module Transporter).

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–10


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

When the center of gravity is located high, a special low-loader must be used to ensure secure
stance during the drive.

Train transport
When transporting the transformer/reactor with a train, ensure that the respective carriage is
attached close to the tractor unit if possible to keep the impact frequency as low as possible
during the ride.

Ship transport
The transformer must be placed in the middle area of the ship to prevent large accelerations
at strong waves.

4.5.2 Transport of Accessories


Observe the relevant packaging ordinances when transporting accessories. Generally, one
needs to differentiate between overseas packages and standard packages.

4.5.3 Transport of Oil Barrels


Oil barrels must be loaded to prevent damage to the barrels and in particular the fold seams
and locking mechanisms. The barrels should be transported sealed if possible.

ATTENTION
The barrels must not be put down hard on the folding edges or tossed off of higher
transport platforms even if foot mats are used.

The barrels must be loaded with the intended devices, e.g. forklift with barrel gripper.

4.6 Inspection during Transport and after Arrival at the


Plant

4.6.1 Inspection during Transport


4.6.1.1 Visual inspection for damage
The transformer/reactor must be inspected for transport damage right after arrival at the
destination site. Broken or loose attachments indicate impermissible strain. Contact the
manufacturer's plant in case of damage.

4.6.1.2 Dry air / nitrogen inspection


Verify the pressure in the tank.
If over- or under-pressure is determined in the tank at arrival, it can be assumed that
moisturizing did not occur during transport.
If no pressure difference is determined, further examinations must be performed and it must
be verified whether air has entered the tank and whether the active part has absorbed any

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–11


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

moisture. Inform the manufacturer's plant immediately for it to recommend or initiate further
measures.

4.6.1.3 Shock recorder inspection


We recommend installing a 3-directional shock recorder at the tank for transport.
The shock recorder is to be inspected for increased impact strain at the different transport
interfaces. If one of the following impact strains is exceeded, the active part of the
transformer/reactor must be inspected (see chapter 4.6.2.8).

The maximum shock recorder values depend on the specific design of the transformer.
vertical horizontal (transversal axis) horizontal (longitudinal axis)
max. 3 g max. 3 g max. 3 g
Tab. 4-1 Max. shock recorder values

After inspection at the destination site, the values recorded by the shock recorder must be
assessed and indicated to the manufacturer's plant, and the shock recorder/s are to be
returned to the manufacturer's plant.

4.6.2 Arrival inspection of the plant


After arrival at the plant, the following measures must be performed using the "arrival
inspection" check list (see chapter15) and documented.

4.6.2.1 Inspection of the included parts


The attachment parts included in the delivery (installed or included) must be inspected for
completeness pursuant to shipping parts list/packing list.

4.6.2.2 Determination of mechanic damage


Right after arrival of the devices at the assembly site, the complete shipment must be
examined for possible transport damage. Any damage must be documented and indicated to
the manufacturer's plant.

4.6.2.3 Moisture indicator/Desiccant Inspection


If the moisture indicator indicates moisture > 8 % or if the desiccant has discolored (see
product data-sheet), dew point measurement must be performed.

Dew point measurement


Dew point measurement must be performed when the temperature difference between the
insulation material and the environment is less than 3 K. The over-pressure in the transformer
should not exceed 0.35 bar at dew point measurement.

Depending on the weather conditions and solar irradiation, special assessment of the
measuring results may be required. The following chart (Fig. 4-9) shows the acceptable range
of the moisture ratio.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–12


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

Points in this range are not permissible


Insulation temperature [°C]

Dew point [°C]

Fig. 4-9 Moisture ratio diagram

This diagram is applicable for pressures between 0 bar and 0.35 bar.

ATTENTION
If the active part was heated before dew point measurement, the measurement will show
less beneficial values than the actual dew point, because the active part temperature is
higher than the ambient temperature.
If the values indicated are too high, contact the manufacturer.

4.6.2.4 Visual inspection


See chapter 4.6.1.1

4.6.2.5 Dry air/nitrogen inspection


See chapter 4.6.1.2

4.6.2.6 Shock recorder test


See chapter 4.6.1.3

4.6.2.7 Insulation measurement (=Core or Rack Earthing Measurement)


The earth connections outside the tank are to be loosened and insulation impedance
measurement to be performed. Target value: ≥ 300 MΩ

4.6.2.8 Internal inspection


Internal inspection of the transformer tank is only performed if the shock recorder record
exceeds the permissible values or if the core and rack earthing measurement undercuts the

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–13


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

target value of 300 MΩ, as well as (in coordination with the customer), before long-term
storage of the transformer/reactor.

DANGER
The transformer was filled with gas for transport. Therefore, observe that the tank is
subject to an overpressure of approx. 0.3 bar when opening flanges or hand holes
If the tank interior is to be accessed, remove the gas by evacuation and replace it with
dried breathing air if the tank is filled with gas (e.g. nitrogen).
Internal inspection must only be performed in the presence of Siemens service staff or a
person authorized by Siemens.
In case of internal inspection, ensure that the air in the tank has an oxygen share of
> 20 %.
Harmlessness of the breathing air must be verified by appropriate measurements before
entering the tank.
Always observe the safety directives for work in containers.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–14


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

If the transformer is opened empty for inspection, the opening times must be limited to a
minimum. During this time, the tank always has to have an overpressure (blowing in dry air).

For the maximum opening duration for the respective transformer, contact the
manufacturer's plant.

It is strictly recommend the following procedure for work in the tank:


1. Only perform assembly work under good environmental conditions (low humidity, sunny).
Do not perform any work in rain or high humidity (> 80%).

2. The area to be opened (max. 1 hand- or manhole) must be secured against entrance of
contamination, moisture or foreign objects.

3. If the moisture ratio in the active part is too high, keep the transformer/reactor filled with
dry air (dew point <-50 °C) for 24 h. Then perform dew point measurement (see chapter
4.6.2.3).

4. Provide a suitable container for deposit of attachment parts.

5. Any tools used inside the tank must be attached to a secured rope before commencing
work.

6. Draw up check list for all loose parts.

7. Work inside the tank.

8. Close the assembly opening with a new seal.

9. Compare remaining loose parts to the parts on the checklist.

10. After internal inspection of the transformer, verify the sealing condition.

ATTENTION
Until it is filled with oil, the transformer always has to be subject to overpressure, which
must be regularly verified and recorded.

CAUTION
The transformer core always has to be earthed during assembly and operation.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–15


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

4.7 Earthing Diagrams for Transformers/Reactor Coils

Fig. 4-10 Example of an earthing diagram for transformers


NOTE
Collection-point earthing at the transformer, diagonal

Fig. 4-11 Example of an earthing diagram for transformers


NOTE
All bushings must be earthed suitably.

4.8 Storage
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–16
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

Transformers/reactors that are not taken into operation immediately must be stored according
to one of the following conditions.

NOTE
Start of storage is the time after completion of the arrival inspection.

4.8.1 Preparation for Storage


The transformer/reactor can be stored with its accessories if the following conditions are met:
 The deposit area must be designed according to the weight of the transformer/reactor.
 Sufficient safety (oil tray) must be present at oil loss.
 Monitoring and notification of gas loss must be warranted.
 Access to the tank interior must be present for partially filled transformers to measure the
moisture content.
 Entry of moisture into the tank interior/insulation oil must be prevented by timely
replacement of gas bottles or attachment and maintenance of dehydrating breathers.
 To prevent corrosion damage in the accessories, place desiccants with them.
 Corrosion protection of the transformer/reactor and accessories must be verified
regularly.
 The accessories must be packed suitably for long-term storage.

WARNING
The transformer, bushings and steel frames for the cooling system must be earthed at
the intended earthing connections permanently and professionally.

4.8.2 Storage of the Heavy Part


The heavy part must be placed on a flat and level foundation with the respective permissible
weight load.

4.8.2.1 Storage of transformers/reactors without or partially filled with oil


NOTE
Start of storage is the time after completion of the arrival inspection.

Temporary storage < 3 months


If the transformer cannot be installed and filled with oil immediately, the heavy part, filled
with dry air (possibly also without automatic pressure controller), can be stored for up to 3
months.
For this type of storage, it must be ensured that the heavy part is always filled with dry air at
an overpressure of 0.1 and 0.3 bar. Use of an automatic pressure controller is recommended.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–17


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

A pressure vacuum indicator must be installed in a place that can be easily viewed from the
ground.
The gas pressure in the transformer/reactor and bottle should be inspected and recorded every
day for the first five days. This should preferably be done at the same time of the day.
After this period, the frequency of recordings can be reduced to once per week if no obvious
leakages occur.

Measures Inspection
period
Sight inspection of the transformer and attachment parts for damage weekly
Corrosion protection inspection monthly
Oil analysis (recommendation, operator's own responsibility) as required
Checking for oil leakage weekly
Cleaning the transformer and its components (e.g. ventilator, cooler) (operator's own as required
responsibility)
Inspection of the dehydrating breather (oil sump and desiccant) weekly
Tab. 4-2 Measures for temporary storage < 3 months

Temporary storage 3-18 months


At a storage duration between approx. 3 and 18 months, empty or partially filled
transformers/reactors must be filled with oil up to a level of approx. 200 mm below the cover.
The remaining space is to be filled with dry air (overpressure). Use of an automatic pressure
controller and application of a humidity indicator is recommended (if not present yet). A

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–18


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

pressure vacuum indicator must be installed in a place that can be easily viewed from the
ground.
This procedure requires filling with new filters and new oil with a breakdown voltage > 60 kV
(IEC 60422) and a humidity < 10 ppm (IEC 60422).
Repeated evacuation is not required if the dew point is in the acceptance range of the humidity
ratio diagram (Fig. 4-9) and the oil is drained and treated again before actual commissioning.
For oil filling, see the instructions in chapter 5.3.
The desiccant used for the transport must be removed before evacuation/oil filling.

Measures Inspection
period
Sight inspection of the transformer and attachment parts for damage weekly
Control cabinet function  Ventilator function (if attached) monthly
Corrosion protection inspection annually
Oil analysis (recommendation, operator's own responsibility) annually
Checking for oil leakage monthly
Cleaning the transformer and its components (e.g. ventilator, cooler) (operator's own as required
responsibility)
Inspection of the dehydrating breather (oil sump and desiccant) monthly
Inspection of the automatic pressure controller 1 with recording of pressure in the storage every two
bottles and transformer weeks
Tab. 4-3 Measures for temporary storage 3-18 months

1 When attaching the automatic pressure controller for long-term storage, install a pressure gauge with
an electrical contact device that emits a warning when the fill gas pressure in the tank drops below 30
mbar or when the bottle pressure reaches < 15 bar.
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–19
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

Long-term storage > 18 months


For long-term storage as of approx. 18 months, the transformer/reactor coil must be
completely filled with oil (for oil filling, see chapter 5.3 oil filling).

Measures Inspection
period
Regular oil level inspection at the conservator monthly
Regular replacement of the silica gel fillings at the dehydrating breather as required
Control cabinet function  Ventilator function (if attached) monthly
Regular pump run monthly
Switching through the tap changer / de-energized tap changer according to the tap changer according to
manufacturer's indications with insulation oil only manufacturer
Corrosion protection must be verified regularly and repaired if required annually
Regular oil samples for verification of the operational condition of stored transformers must annually
be taken
Checking for oil leakage monthly
The transformer and its components (e.g. ventilator, cooler) should be cleaned according to as required
degree of contamination at the operator's own responsibility.
Tab. 4-4 Measures for long-term storage > 18 months

Assembly of the transformer with cooling system (if present)


The transformer must be assembled completely (incl. cooling system) according to the
manufacturer’s instructions, evacuated and filled with oil.

Assembly of the cooling system (separate from the transformer/reactor)


If the cooling system is set up separately from the transformers (e.g. for reasons of space), the
two radiator banks must be set up opposing and connected to each other via the lower
manifold line. A conservator with dehydrating breather dimensioned for the cooling system is

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–20


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

installed to one of the two cooling blocks. For more instructions, see operating instructions of
the manufacturer (set-up of cooling system for long-term storage).

4.8.2.2 Storage of oil-filled transformers/reactors


When storing oil-filled transformers/reactor coils, perform the following measures no matter
how long they are stored.

Measures Inspection
period
Oil level inspection at the conservator monthly
Replacement of desiccant in the dehydrating breather as required
Function of the control cabinet2 monthly
Ventilator function (if attached)2 monthly
Pump run2 monthly
Switching through the tap changer2 / de-energized tap changer according to the tap according to
changer manufacturer's indications with insulation oil only manufacturer
Corrosion protection inspection annually
Oil analysis (recommendation, operator's own responsibility) annually
Checking for oil leakage monthly
Cleaning the transformer and its components (e.g. ventilator, cooler) (operator's own as required
responsibility)
Tab. 4-5 Storage of oil-filled transformers/reactors

Assembly of the transformer with cooling system (if present)


The transformer must be assembled completely (incl. cooling system) according to the
manufacturer’s instructions, evacuated and filled with oil.

Assembly of the cooling system (separate from the transformer/reactor)


If the cooling system is set up separately from the transformers (e.g. for reasons of space), the
two radiator banks must be set up opposing and connected to each other via the lower
manifold line. A conservator with dehydrating breather dimensioned for the cooling system is

2 not required in the first 3 months


Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–21
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

installed to one of the two cooling blocks. For more instructions, see operating instructions of
the manufacturer (set-up of cooling system for long-term storage).

4.8.3 Storage of the Accessories


4.8.3.1 General
Accessories must be professionally stored if they are not installed right after arrival at the
destination. The following general and special storage instructions of the manufacturer (see
chapter 9 “Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories") must be observed.

Pursuant to Tab. 4-7 the heavy part and accessories are categorized in storage categories, and
the recommended inspection during storage (see Tab. 4-8) should be observed.

Categories Description
A Common interior storage: Protection from moisture and dust
B Storage outside: Protection from rain
C Storage outside: no protection required
Tab. 4-6 Storage categories

Parts Category
Heavy part C
Valves B
Bushing A
Bushing pots A
Conservator A
Pipelines and brackets A
Fans A
Oil pumps A
Seals A
Small accessories (protection devices, etc.) A
Tab. 4-7 Recommended storage categories

Parts Inspection Period


Diverter switch Switching through the complete control range 6 months
Fans Operation for at least one hour 6 months
Oil pumps Operation for at least one hour (built-on and oil filled) 6 months
Control cabinet Verification if heating is in operation (only for storage of more than three 3 months
months)
Motor drive Verification if heating is in operation (only for storage of more than three 3 months
months)
Tab. 4-8 Inspections during storage

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–22


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

4.8.3.2 Storage notes for accessories


ATTENTION
For recommendations on storage notes from the manufacturers, see chapter 9 "Technical
Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories". All parts/boxes with the designation
FRAGILE must be stored inside.

Bushings
Bushings must be transported in boxes. The lower part is welded into plastic and desiccant is
included.

Before storage, the lower part must be inspected for signs of moisture. If the plastic packaging
is damaged, it must be replaced with the desiccant. It is recommended that the condenser
bushings be stored in a dry and clean inner room, if possible in the original transport boxes.
The front end of oil-filled bushings must be stored lifted at least at an angle of 20°.

The silver-plated surfaces of the bushings must be protected against environmental


influences.
For condenser bushings both the upper part and the lower part (transformer side) must be
protected appropriately in containers.

ATTENTION
If bushings are horizontally stored, they must be placed vertically at least for 12/ 24 hours
before rated voltage/test voltage may be applied. At horizontal storage of one year or
more, vertical setup for one week is prescribed.

Small accessories
Boxes with seals, bushing connections, tape, paint material, sealing paste, protective devices,
etc. must be stored in a dry and clean inner room.

Cooling facility
Water cooling facilities must be protected from frost or completely emptied on the water side,
see cooling system description.

Fans
Fans must be stored in a dry, clean, dust- and vibration-protected place.

Motor drive for switch


The motor drive is delivered disassembled. It must be stored in a dry and clean place. To avoid
formation of condensate, the cabinet heating must be switched on if storage exceeds 3
months.

Pumps
Proper assembly of the connection plug and proper fit of the blind plugs must be verified for
pumps. The pump motors must be lifted from the floor and stored protected from weather.
Storage outside is possible for a duration of up to 3 months, then interior storage is required.
If the pumps are filled with oil for long-term storage, no periodic pump operation is required.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–23


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
4 Transport, Arrival Inspection and Storage
Siemens Energy Transformers

Control and switching cabinets


Control and switching cabinets must be stored in a dry inner room. Corrosion of relays and
other components may occur from condensation. To avoid formation of condensate, the
cabinet heatings must be switched on if storage exceeds 3 months.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed Date, Ref. 4–24


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling


The following explanations are guidelines for trained customer personnel. However, the plant
can only assume any warranty for proper assembly, evacuation and oil filling of the
transformer/reactor if the work is performed by or under instruction of a specialist sent by the
plant.
Siemens does not assume any responsibility for work not performed professionally or work
performed unsupervised by own staff.

The local and national safety provisions must be strictly observed (see chapter 3).

The unit was dried under high vacuum and heat in the plant and oil-impregnated under high
vacuum in a dedicated tank. The high quality of dielectric and mechanic hardness must be
retained during assembly on the plant.

The same standards and specifications as in the manufacturer's plant apply for evacuation and
oil filling of the transformer/reactor. When the transformer/reactor is taken into operation, it
must be in the same condition as during the acceptance test in the manufacturer's plant.

Before evacuation and oil filling, ensure that all inspections at arrival/storage were performed
properly.

NOTE
If an active part must be inspected, this inspection should take place right before
evacuation and oil filling if possible.

DANGER
The transformer was filled with gas for transport. Therefore, observe that the tank is
subject to an overpressure of approx. 0.3 bar when opening flanges or hand holes
If the tank interior is to be accessed, remove the gas by evacuation and replace it with
dried breathing air if the tank is filled with gas (e.g. nitrogen).
Internal inspection must only be performed in the presence of Siemens service staff or a
person authorized by Siemens.
In case of internal inspection, ensure that the air in the tank has an oxygen share of
> 20 %.
Harmlessness of the breathing air must be verified by appropriate measurements before
entering the tank.
Always observe the safety directives for work in containers.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.1 Assembly preparation

5.1.1 Assembly order


The assembly steps and their order must be planned beforehand to prepare for assembly.
The components to be installed must be provided at the site of assembly according to the
assembly order.
Check all necessary components for completeness and damage again for provision for
assembly and remove any defects. Re-order defective or missing components.

ATTENTION
To optimize the installation and commissioning times, choose the assembly order of the
components so that the opening time of the transformer/reactor is as low as possible.

The manufacturer's plant recommends the following assembly sequence:


 Insulation resistance measurement
 Noise muffler
 Assembly of devices and accessories before evacuation and oil filling
 Steel frame for cooling system and conservator
 Cooling system and pipe lines with shut-off devices
 Radiators/coolers (oil-air-coolers/oil-water-coolers)
 Radiator frame/cooler frame
 Pumps
 Fans
 Conservator with bracket and pipe lines with shut-off devices
 Dehumidifier and pipe lines with shut-off devices
 Buchholz relay/pressure surge relay
 Safety relay for on-load tap-changer
 Pressure relief valve
 Turrets and penetrations
 Evacuating the transformer/reactor
 Filling the transformer/reactor with oil
 Assembly of devices and accessories after/during evacuation and oil filling
 Switch drive (motor-drive mechanism, angle gears, connection shafts)
 Control cabinet
 Control cabinets
 Protective devices (oil temperature, winding temperature, resistance
thermometer, gas sensor)
 Wiring
 Three-phase grounding rail and support
 Overvoltage discharge
 Pipeline between the safety relay of the on-load tap-changer and conservator
 Perform final inspections and checks (see chapter 1 Commissioning)

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

DANGER
The tank, steel frame for the separate conservator (if present) and separate cooling
system (if present) must be grounded permanently and professionally at the intended
ground connections (see chapter 4.7 Earthing Diagrams for Transformers/Reactor Coils).

5.1.2 Inspecting the seals


All seals are labeled according to the numbers in the dimension drawing and assigned to the
components accordingly. Before installation, the seals must be inspected for damage and
cleaned or replaced if necessary.

5.1.2.1 Tank-cover connection

1 Sealing bar (spacer bar)


2 Cover flange
3 Rubber seal (sealing cord - oval)
4 Tank flange
Fig. 5-1 Tank-cover connection

1 Sealing bar (spacer bar)


2 Cover flange
3 Tank flange
4 Rubber seal
5 Heat-resistant spacer - asbestos-free
Fig. 5-2 Tank-cover connection, welded

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–3


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

This sealing system is based on the use of rubber seals in furrows. It consists of an oil- and
heat-resistant synthetic rubber NBR (or equal).

5.1.2.2 Turrets, assembly and inspection openings

1 Seal in groove
Fig. 5-3 Turrets Fig. 5-4 Assembly and inspection openings

These sealing systems are based on the use of rubber seals in grooves. They consist of an oil-
and heat-resistant synthetic rubber NBR (or equal).
The seals can have a rectangular or round profile.

5.1.2.3 Pipeline flange connections

1 Flange
2 Blind flange
3 Flat seal (asbestos-free)
Fig. 5-5 Pipeline connections

This sealing system is based on the principle of level contact surfaces.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–4


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.1.3 Inspection of the pipelines and flanges


The pipelines must be inspected for infiltrated moisture and corrosion before setup and
flushed with insulation oil if required.
Associated pipelines are marked at the flanges by the same engraved figures.

1 Indices
Fig. 5-6 Identification of associated flanges

The flanges must be clean and oil-free (remove oil with solvent).
Sealing paste must be brushed on the flange side of each seal. The contacting sealing surfaces
are not treated.
Flange connections must be tightened evenly and crosswise. Any tension from this must be
removed by installing or removing seals.
If only one seal is used, only one side must be treated with sealing paste.
If any additional seals are inserted, sealing paste may be used to fasten the seals; however,
the compression force of the two outer seals will usually be sufficient to hold the additional
seal in place.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.1.4 Bolted joints and tightening torques

Fig. 5-7 Bolted joints

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–6


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

Fig. 5-8 Tightening torques

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–7


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

Tightening torques – special features

The following information on tightening torques are aligned with the materials used and thus
may deviate from the above information.

NOTE
Generally, the tolerances for torques may be -0 % / +10 %.
The torque indications for the threads only apply when lubricants like oil and grease for
screw material of stainless steel (A2-70 or higher quality) or steel (8.8 or higher quality)
are used.

Brackets and supports


If no explicit tightening torques are indicated on drawings or signs, the following values apply
for brackets and supports:

Thread Tightening torque in Nm


M8 (5/16") 12
M10 (3/8") 24
M12 (1/2") 41
M16 (5/8") 101
M20 (3/4") 196
M24 (1") 337
Tab. 5-1 Tightening torques for brackets and supports

Fig. 5-9 Brackets and supports

Radiators and shut-off flaps


The values below only apply for steel flanges, O-ring and centellen seals.

Thread Tightening torque Tightening torque


for half-nut (part 7) in Nm for nut (part 9) in Nm
M16 (5/8“) 85 71
Tab. 5-2 Tightening torques for radiators and shut-off flaps

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–8


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

1 Nut
2 Half-nut
Fig. 5-10 Radiators and shut-off flaps

Tank, cooler and pipeline connections


The values below only apply for steel flanges, o-ring and centellen seals.

Thread Tightening torque in Nm


M10 (3/8") 40
M12 (1/2") 55
M16 (5/8") 110
M20 (3/4") 150
Tab. 5-3 Tightening torques for pipeline connections

Fig. 5-11 Pipeline connections

Electrical connections
The values below apply for electrical connections at penetrations.
Thread Tightening torque in Nm
M10 (3/8") 20
M12 (1/2") 40
M16 (5/8") 80
Tab. 5-4 Tightening torques for electrical connections

NOTE
The tolerances for tightening torques here are –0 % / +20 %.
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–9
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.2 Assembly

5.2.1 Insulation resistance measurement


Perform insulation resistance measurement at the earthing penetrations. The connection is
accessible either at the cover or the tank wall.
The recommended test voltage is 1kV. Values above 300 M are acceptable.
 Check assembled components for tightness
 Check screw connections for tightness
 Examine flanges, blind flanges and shut-off devices for damage

5.2.2 Noise muffler


Insulation panels are installed at the tank to reduce the operating noise. These panels are
installed at the tank with rubber profiles.

5.2.3 Steel frame for cooling system and conservator


The transformer is equipped with a separate cooling plant conservator.
Attach steel frame to the foundation with adhesive anchor bolts. Level differences at the
foundation can be balanced out with boards.
Assemble all supports, brackets and cross bracings (see dimension drawing).

5.2.4 Radiators
Radiator frame
The transformer is equipped with two separate radiator banks. Height differences between
individual foundations can be balanced out with boards. Install all supports, brackets and

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–10


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

braces. Install the top and lower distributor lines. All parts must be dry and free of
condensation.

1 Top collection pipe


2 Brackets
3 Radiators
4 Lower collection pipe
5 Cross brace
6 Frame
Fig. 5-12 Radiator bank

Radiators (directly attached)


Radiators must be assembled according to dimension drawing.
Remove blind flanges at radiator connections and radiator flaps only right before assembly.
It is recommended to place the radiators on the corresponding frames during preparation for
assembly.
 Remove blind flanges from the radiator flaps at the distributor pipelines.
 Clean seals and flanges and brush sealing paste on seals (see chapter 5.1.2).
 Lift every radiator separately and place it correctly before the shut-off flaps.
 Screw radiator to flaps crosswise and evenly.
 Attach transverse bracings across all radiators.

ATTENTION
Loosen gland seal before opening or closing of the shut-off flap, then attach it again. In
the closed condition, the triangle at the flap points towards the flange marker; in the
open condition, the triangle tip is on the radiator side.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–11


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

Overview
Detailed view

1 Vent
2 Oil drain
3 Brackets for fans
4 Gland seal
Fig. 5-13 Radiators (Overview and detailed view)

5.2.5 Fans
Assemble fans according to dimension drawing and assembly instructions of the fan
manufacturer (see chapter 9).

5.2.6 Coolers and pumps


The cooling facility consists of oil/water/air coolers, oil pumps, water pumps, brackets, pipeline
system. Generally, all screws must be tightened manually first. After installation of all
components of the cooling system, the connections must be tightened with a torque wrench.
 Remove transport flanges from the coolers and check the cooler condition for dryness.
 If there is any moisture or condensed water, flush cooler with pure and warm transformer
oil.
 Install lower pipeline connections.
 Install cooler brackets.
 Install cooler according to dimension drawing.
 Install lower cooler valves.
 Install upper pipeline connections to the tank with the oil pumps.
 Tighten screw connections of the pipeline, then screw cooler firmly to the brackets.
 Install oil flow indicator.
 Install water pipelines with check valves and water flow indicators.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–12


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

NOTE
Also see assembly instructions of the cooler manufacturer in chapter 9.

5.2.7 Conservator and brackets


The conservator volume is designed based on the maximum oil expansion.

A Buchholz relay or several shut-off devices are installed in the connection line between the
cover and conservator.

ATTENTION
The shut-off devices must be open under all circumstances during operation.
When installing the Buchholz relay, observe that the arrow at the relay casing points
towards the conservator.

The conservator is usually equipped with a breathing pocket to prevent the oil from taking up
oxygen and to thus protect it from oxidation and moisture intake.

To protect the insulation oil from contamination by oil sludge from the conservator, the oil
line protrudes approx. 50 mm into it. The connection line for the air dehumidifier (breather)
ends right below the highest point of the conservator space.

A hand hole is intended for cleaning of the conservator space.

Install conservator brackets and place conservator according to dimension drawing.


Install conservator lines and breather lines, including Buchholz relay and safety relay of the
diverter switch according to dimension drawing (expansion line between conservator and
Buchholz relay must be installed after evacuation).

5.2.8 Turrets and penetrations


Remove transport lid and install bushing pot and penetrations according to instructions in
chapter 5.2.7 (also see dimension drawing and assembly instructions of the penetration
manufacturer in chapter 9).

5.2.8.1 Bushing pot – general


ATTENTION
If an assembly opening is opened, light overpressure of dry air must be applied to protect
the active part from moisture.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–13


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

 Remove transport lid from bushing pot.


 Check pot (transformer, contamination, moisture, etc.) and clean the pot's inside.
 Remove transport lid at the tank.
 Remove desiccant below the transport lid.
 Replace transport seal with a new one. Clean seal surface.
 Check cable or connection lines within the tank.
 Put pot on flange.
 Evenly screw pot to flange.
 Install earthing connection.
 Only open penetration-side flange if the penetration is ready for installation.

5.2.9 Three-phase earthing rail


Install support for the three-phase earthing rail and the rail as indicated in the dimension
drawing. The lower rail end is attached to the provided earthing cam at the tank.

5.2.10 Overvoltage discharge


Install overvoltage discharge and associated components as follows:
 Install brackets for discharge according to dimension drawing.
 Install discharge.
 Install tripping counter to tank wall with associated brackets.
 Screw support to steel angles.
 Install earthing cable/earthing rail and connect to the earthing connection of the
discharge and the tripping counter.
 Earth tripping counter (earthing connection provided at the tank close to counter).

5.2.11 Pressure relief valve


Remove blind flange of the pressure relief valve at the transformer cover. Check seal and
sealing surface for cleanliness and install pressure relief valve (screw evenly and diametrically
to the flange).

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–14


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

1 Screw
2 Washer
3 Seal
4 Basic flange
Fig. 5-14 Pressure relief valve

5.2.12 Switch drive


Install switch drive according to dimension drawing.
The motor-drive mechanism assembly is disassembled for transport. The switches and drives
are locked in the same positions. After oil filling, the gears are installed again, the locks
removed and all shafts connected.
No part must be twisted during assembly!
Switch through to the end positions of either direction manually.
Also see assembly instructions of the switch manufacturer in chapter 9.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–15


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

1 Angle gear
2 Bracket
3 Shaft
4 Switch connection
5 Screw connection
6 Joint
7 Motor drive
Fig. 5-15 Motor drive assembly

5.3 Inspection after assembly

5.3.1 Visual inspection


 Correct position of all seals
 Tight fit of all screws
 Smooth running of fittings
 Correct position of shut-off devices for the subsequent assembly process
 Proper outer and inner paint

5.3.2 Electromechanic inspection


 Mechanical and electrical function of the surveillance facilities

5.3.3 Inspection for leakages


 Fill transformer with dry air (0.3 bar overpressure) and check for leakages

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–16


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.4 Evacuation and oil filling


5.4.1.1 Setup for evacuation and oil filling

Oil filling line 10 Safety relay


Transparent hose 11 Shut-off device, filling line
Vacuum line 12 Shut-off device, extraction line
Dry air line 13 Dry air bottle
14 On-load tap-changer (OLTC)
1 Vent
15 Oil filter facility
2 Valve for vacuum line
16 Oil filter connection, top
3 Main conservator chamber
17 Tank
4 Oil level indicator
18 Oil sample, bottom
5 Oil drain
19 Oil filter connection, bottom
6 Vacuum connection
20 Oil treatment facility
7 Buchholz relay
21 Oil tanker
8 Slider
22 Diverter switch conservator chamber
9 Dehydrating breather
Fig. 5-16 Schematic setup for evacuation and oil filling via transformer tank

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–17


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.4.2 Equipment for evacuation and oil filling


5.4.2.1 Equipment for Evacuation
 Vacuum pump with air infiltration protection (final vacuum ≤ 0.05 mbar)
 Vacuum meter/indicator
 Vacuum hoses and lines
 Shut-off devices

Suggested dimensions of the vacuum pumps and vacuum lines according to tank volume:
Tank volume Pump performance Vacuum line
< 50 m3 (6600 gal) 250 m3/h (1100 gal/min) 40mm (1 1/2”)
> 50 m3 (13200 gal) 500 m3/h (2200 gal/min) 50mm (2”)
> 100 m3 (26400 gal) 1000 m3/h (4400 gal/min) > 80mm (3”)
Tab. 5-5 Evacuation equipment

NOTE
The air infiltration protection prevents infiltration of moist air into the transformer tank
or insulation parts in case of failure or standstill of the vacuum pump. The evacuation
process can be assessed as not interrupted when the remaining pressure in the
transformer tank has not risen above 1 mbar. If the prescribed residual pressure is
reached again, at least 12 hours of evacuation time must follow.

5.4.2.2 Oil filling equipment


 Oil treatment facility (the oil treatment facility is used to filter, degasify and dewater the
oil. Capacity: approx. 5 - 10 % of the total oil volume per hour)
 Oil treatment tank (only when using oil barrels)
 Oil test device
 Oil hoses, oil lines and shut-off devices
 Air drying facility/compressor/dry air

Suggested dimensions of the oil treatment pumps and oil lines according to tank volume:
Tank volume Performance of the oil treatment facility Oil line
< 50 m3 (6600 gal) 3000 l/h 25mm (1")
> 50 m3 (13200 gal) 5000 l/h 40mm (1 1/2 ")
> 100 m3 (26400 gal) 10000 l/h 50mm (2 ")
Tab. 5-6 Oil filling equipment

Recommendation:
The oil treatment facility should reach the following threshold values in a single run:
Breakdown voltage ≥ 60 kV
Oil gas content ≤ 3 Vol.-%
Oil temperature ≥ 40 °C

5.4.3 Insulating oil


For transformers and on-load tap-changers, the insulation and cooling liquid used usually is
mineral-oil-based transformer oil.

The oil quality must meet the Siemens standards and customer specification.
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–18
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

New transformers must be filled with the oil delivered by the plant. If oil must be refilled, oil
of equal quality must be used (see oil product datasheet - mixing possibilities).

Refilling new oil on operating oil is possible if the operating oil has not aged too much. Aged
oils have a higher dissolving capacity than new oil. Therefore, it is recommended to coordinate
refilling with the manufacturer's plant.

ATTENTION
Synthetic insulation liquids (silicon and ester liquids) must not be mixed with mineral-
oil-based insulation oils.

5.4.3.1 Taking of oil samples


NOTE
We recommend sending the samples taken to the manufacturer's plant for examination.
Protocol for taking of oil samples, see chapter 15.

1 liter of the insulation medium each is needed for dielectrical-chemical oil examination and
for gas-chromatography oil examination.

NOTE
The sample containers should be clean 1-liter aluminum bottles with gas-tight plastic
screw closure and seal so that no air is taken in as the sample cools. Suitable sample
bottles are available from the manufacturer's plant.

ATTENTION
Only take the oil sample with glass bottles when the sample temperature at sampling is
guaranteed to be greater or the same as the storage or transport temperature.
Otherwise, coordinate with the examination lab.
Samples for gas analyses must be taken without interruption in the overflow procedure
only to prevent contact between the insulation medium and the atmosphere as much as
possible. In every case, notice the temperature inside the oil jet in the test protocol.
Sampling points
 for gas analysis examinations: usually tank "top"
 for other examinations: usually tank "bottom"

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–19


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

Procedure when taking oil from the oil sampling valve


1. Screw a threaded connection piece with seal, hose attachment and oil-proof hose (30 - 50
cm long) onto the threaded piece of the oil sampling valve.

2. Open the oil sampling valve and let about two to three liters of oil (from the outlet pipeline)
flow into the oil collection vessel.

3. Push the hose into the oil sample bottle to the ground. First fill the bottle slowly from the
bottom, then let oil flow strongly until oil at a volume of 2 to 3 times the bottle content has
flowed over into an oil collection container.

4. Last, reduce the oil flow again and draw the bottle from the hose downwards with the oil
sampling valve still open. Close the bottle at once when it was drawn from the hose.

5. Then close the oil sampling valve again properly.

6. Dispose of discharged oil in the oil collection vessel properly.

Procedure when taking oil samples from the conservator of the diverter switch
1. Open the drain slide valve at the conservator diverter switch.

2. Work steps 1-6 from “Taking oil from the oil sampling valve”.

NOTE
Oil samples must only be taken with a suitable sampling valve in case of direct oil filling
to the transformer tank from oil barrels.

1 Transformer tank
2 Oil sampling valve
3 Hose
4 Oil sample bottle
5 Oil collection vessel
Fig. 5-17 Oil sampling with oil sample bottle and oil collection vessel

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–20


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.4.3.2 Oil measurements


Transformer oil and cellulose-insulation materials are - like all organic substances - chemically
changed in operation under the influence of temperature, oxygen, moisture and catalytic
metal transformer components. These procedures together are called aging and influence the
transformer's service life.

Regular inspections are required to ensure continuous readiness for operation of a transformer
over an extended period.

We recommend taking oil samples every 5 operating years or before any larger revisions and
to examine them for the following characteristics:

Oil examinations According to standard


Color number ISO 2049 / ASTM D1500
Appearance IEC 60422 / ASTM D1524
Neutralization value IEC 62021 / ASTM D974
Breakdown voltage IEC 60156 / ASTM D1816
Water content IEC 60814 / ASTM D1533
Diel. Dissipation factor at 50 Hz IEC 60247 / ASTM D924
Interfacial tension EN 14210 / ASTM D971
Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) IEC 60567 / ASTM 3612
Furan analysis IEC 61198 / ASTM D5837
Inhibitor content IEC 60666 / ASTM D2668
Corrosive sulfur IEC 62535 / ASTM D1275B
Corrosive sulfur DIN 51353
Passivator content IEC 60666
Tab. 5-7 Recommended oil examinations

5.4.4 Reference times for evacuation and waiting times


The following times for evacuation and waiting times are reference times. They may be
adjusted depending on transformer under certain conditions with the previous consent of the
manufacturer plant.

Highest voltage for Minimum evacuation Waiting Waiting time (cable terminal box)
operating equipment time time
> 60 h under oil and < 60 h under oil or
(Um)
<= 48 h outside of oil > 48 h outside of oil
x ≤ 72,5 kV 12 h 16 h 12 h 16
72,5 kV < x ≤ 123 kV 12 h 24 h 16 h 36
123 kV < x ≤ 245 kV 24 h 48 h 24 h 48
245 kV < x ≤ 550 kV 48 h 60 h 24 h 48
x > 550 kV 60 h 72 h 24 h 48
Tab. 5-8 Reference times for evacuation and waiting times

NOTE
The filling speed must be set so that the vacuum in the transformer tank is retained. If
the vacuum deteriorates by more than 1 mbar, the time is counted again from the
beginning.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–21


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.4.5 Evacuation and oil filling of empty transformers


Transformer is dry and overpressure exists

yes no

Evacuation Special procedure neccessary after


no
Vacuum presence test: ≤ 10 mbar * l/sec consulting manufacturer’s plant
yes

Min. evacuation time: see table „guidance values“, at residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar
(after the necessary vacuum has been reached in the transformer tank)

Oil preparation via external tank before oil filling or via transformer tank
until following oil quality is reached:
Min. breakdown voltage > 60 kV (IEC 60422)
Manufacturer’s recommendation for the specific transformer :

Oil filling under vacuum with residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar


Top up from above via drying and degassing unit.
Adjust the filling rate so that the vacuum is maintained in the tank.

Maintain-vacuum for 2 hours more.

Break the vacuum with N2 or dry air.

Vent the transformer.

Waiting period: see table „guidance values“


(between breaking the vacuum after oil filling and commissioning the transformer

Vent the transformer.

Transformator is ready for service.


Fig. 5-18 Flow chart for oil filling of empty transformers under full vacuum

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–22


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

Notes

Oil filling transformer with compensator conservator.


The tank must be evacuated and filled with oil using the installation instruction of the
manufacturer.

Oil filling of separate oil compartments under vacuum


All separate oil compartments should be filled as well when the tank is being filled with oil, if
possible. For this purpose, the shut-off devices in the oil filling pipes must be open. If there is
no filling pipe available, oil is filled in through suitable connections.

Dehydrating breather
After oil filling is completed, the breathers have to be installed and the slide valves set to their
operating position.

Waiting period and venting


After breaking the vacuum, the transformer has to be vented. After this, a waiting time must
be complied with. If the transformer is equipped with oil circulating pumps, these should be
switched on for approx. 2 to 3 hours after venting. At the end of the waiting period, the
transformer has to be vented again.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–23


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.4.6 Evacuation and oil filling of partly filled transformers


Breakdown voltage of oil inside the transformer > 60 kV (IEC 60422)

yes no

Special procedure neccessary after consulting


Transformer is dry and overpressure exists no
manufacturer’s plant
yes

Fill pressure inside the transformer tank at arrival at destination: between 30 and 300 mbar ;
Bottle pressure: ≥ 15 bar

yes no

Special procedure neccessary after consulting


Oil filling under Vacuum: residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar
manufacturer’s plant

Gas content of oil insode the transformer ≤1 Vol.-%

no

yes Special procedure neccessary after consulting


manufacturer’s plant

Min. evacuation time: see table „guidance values“, at residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar
(after the necessary vacuum has been reached in the transformer tank)

Oil preparation via external tank before oil filling or via transformer tank
until following oil quality is reached:
Min. breakdown voltage > 60 kV (IEC 60422)
Manufacturer’s recommendation for the specific transformer :

Oil filling under vacuum with residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar


Top up from above via drying and degassing unit.
Adjust the filling rate so that the vacuum is maintained in the tank.

Maintain-vacuum for 2 hours more

Break the vacuum (with N2 or dry air).

Vent the transformer.

Waiting period: see table „guidance values“


(between breaking the vacuum after oil filling and commissioning the transformer

Vent the transformer.

Transformator is ready for service.

Fig. 5-19 Flow chart for oil filling of partly filled transformers under full vacuum

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–24


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.4.7 Evacuation and oil filling of partly filled transformers


(at Um ≤ 123 kV and ON-cooling)
The tank is tightly closed (For shipment, the transformer was filled with dry purified gas
(nitrogen or air).) or – the tank breathes through the dehydrating breathers

Breakdown voltage of oil inside the transformer > 60 kV (IEC 60422)

yes no

Special procedure neccessary after consulting


Transformer is dry and overpressure exists no
manufacturer’s plant

yes

All winding parts up to the upper edge of the coil clamping plate
,
also all paper insulated leads are always immersed in oil.

yes no

Gas contentof oil inside the transformer Flow chart: Evacuation and oil filling of partly filled
no
≤ 10 Vol.-% transformers under full vacuum

yes

Residual oil filling withou vacuum. Oil temperature ≥10 °C.

Waiting period: 12 hours


(between breaking the vacuum after oil filling and commissioning the transformer

Vent the transformer.

Transformator is ready for service.


Fig. 5-20 Flow chart for oil filling of partly filled transformers without vacuum

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–25


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

5.4.8 Evacuation and oil filling of cable terminal boxes ≥ 72.5 kV


Transformator with completely drained tank.

no no
Cable box seperated from transformer tank in Cable box seperated from transformer tank in
vacuum.tight arrangement. drip-proof arrangement.

yes Gas content of oil in transfomer tank ≤1 Vol.-%

yes
no

Special procedure neccessary after consulting


manufacturer’s plant

Oil filling under vacuum: residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar

Min. evacuation time: see table „guidance values“, at residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar
(after the necessary vacuum has been reached in the transformer tank)

Oil preparation via external tank before oil filling or via transformer tank
until following oil quality is reached:
Min. breakdown voltage > 60 kV (IEC 60422)
Manufacturer’s recommendation for the specific transformer :

Oil filling under vacuum with residual pressure ≤ 1 mbar


Top up from above via drying and degassing unit.
Adjust the filling rate so that the vacuum is maintained in the tank.

Maintain vacuum for 2 hours. Break vacuum with N 2 or dry air. Vent transformer and cable box.

The insulation parts of the cable box have been> 60 Std. under oil and ≤ 48 Std. out of oil

Waiting period: see table „guidance values“


(between breaking the vacuum after oil filling and commissioning the transformer

Vent transformer and cable box .

Transformator is ready for service.

Fig. 5-21 Flow chart for oil filling of cable terminal boxes

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–26


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
5 Assembly, evacuation and oil filling
Siemens Energy Transformers

Notes
Oil-filled cable terminal boxes are chambers attached to the transformer, in which the
electrical connection between the winding end lead and the cable to the switchboard or
overhead line is made. The oil in the cable terminal box is separated from the oil in the
transformer tank. This separation may either use drip-proof or vacuum-tight seals.
 If it is drip-proof, all cable terminal boxes have to be connected to the transformer tank
before the vacuum is applied.
 If it is vacuum-tight, the cable terminal boxes have to be treated like the transformer.

1 Separate chamber for oil-filled cable terminal box


2 Sealing of winding end lead between tank and cable terminal box.
3 Connection to winding
4 Connection to cable
5 Cable
Fig. 5-22 Principle sketch for drip-proof seal

1 Separate chamber for oil-filled cable terminal box


2 Sealing of winding end lead between tank and cable terminal box.
3 Connection to winding
4 Connection to cable
5 Cable
Fig. 5-23 Principle sketch for vacuum-tight seal

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 5–27


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
6 Commissioning
Siemens Energy Transformers

6 Commissioning
The relevant technical rules and accident prevention regulations (chapter 3) must be complied
with for commissioning, operation and maintenance.

6.1 General
It is recommended that transformers be commissioned by specialists in the manufacturer's
plant.
If commissioning is performed by external staff, proceed pursuant to the test reports for
electrical tests, mechanical tests and visual inspections (chapter 4.6). The individual measures
must be recorded on the commissioning protocol and submitted to the manufacturer's plant
in writing directly after completion of commissioning.

NOTE
No warranty can be assumed by Siemens for any damage resulting from improper
commissioning (pursuant to test reports).

6.2 Inspections before Commissioning


Before commissioning of the transformer/reactor, the following inspections must be observed
to prevent personal injury and damage to equipment and to ensure proper operation of the

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 6–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
6 Commissioning
Siemens Energy Transformers

transformer/reactor. The tests/inspections must be performed and documented pursuant to


the transformer/reactor-specific commissioning protocol.

DANGER
To avoid personal injury, observe the indicated warning notes before any operation of
the load control switch.

6.2.1 Overview of possible Inspections


The following list includes possible test and inspection points. Depending on type and build
of the transformer, these inspections are to be performed before commissioning.

NOTE
For the specific tests for the individual transformer/reactor, see the commissioning
protocol (see chapter 15).

Measurements at the transformer/reactor


Insulation impedance
Core insulation
Coil impedances
Circuit inspection
Magnetizing current (HV)
Transmission (with measuring bridge or voltmeter)
Transformer (transmission, terminal clamps)
Oil analysis (dielectric strength, gas content, loss factor, water content)

Inspection of bushings
Undamaged and clean, spark path set
Loss factor measurement
Output factor measurement
Monitoring system

Inspection of the on-load tap changer/de-energized tap changer


On-load tap changer
Motor drive
Lock switch - crank or motor drive
Limit switch
Counter for switch operations
Over-current relay
De-energized tap changer (end stop mechanic, lock electric)
Overpressure protection inspection
Tap guard

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 6–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
6 Commissioning
Siemens Energy Transformers

Inspection of the cooling facility (cooling system, radiators, fans)


Motor rated output/rated current
ACTUAL current intake
Motor protection switch
Rotating direction
Over-current relay
Cooler control
Fan control (with temperatures)

Inspection of the protection and monitoring facilities


Temperature
Thermal replica
Oil flow (transformer, tap changer)
Oil pressure (transformer, tap changer, cooler)
Oil level minimum - maximum contact inspected (transformer, tap changer in the conservator)
Air flow
Water flow
Water pressure
Gas meter
Buchholz (alarm contacts - triggering contacts)
Controller protection
Inspection of the protective facilities (plant protection/transformer protection)

Other Inspections
Earthings (shielding, star points, delta coil, etc.)
Earthing system (tank, cooling system, pipeline, bushings, conservator)
Venting (transformer, bushing, tap changer)
Checking for leakage (transformer, cooling system)
Putting locking elements into operation (transformer with bushing, cooling system)
Inspection of breather filling (transformer, tap changer, terminal boxes, cooling system)
Paint (corrosion protection)
Heating (control cabinet, motor drive)

Other Inspections
Wiring (secondary wiring terminals)
Signage
Minimum clearance to adjacent parts
Star point (type of operation)
Search for loose parts at the transformer/cooler

6.2.2 Inspection of Oil Properties


In addition to various mechanical and electrical inspections, the oil must be inspected as well.
This must be done within 4 weeks before commissioning.
Oil samples must be taken for this purpose, and they must have the following properties.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 6–3


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
6 Commissioning
Siemens Energy Transformers

Characteristic Measurement Insulation level voltage (kV)


method
Breakdown voltage (kV) IEC 60156 2,5 x < 72,5 72,5 ≤ x ≤ 170 x > 170
mm >55 >60 >60
Water content (mg/kg) IEC 60814 20 <10 <10
Diel. dissipation factor at IEC 60247 Max. 0,015 Max. 0,015 Max. 0,010
50 Hz and 90°C
Total gas content (%) IEC 60567 Max. 3*
* not specified in IEC 60422
Tab. 6-1 Minimum requirements according to I IEC 60422 at different insulation level voltages at commissioning

Characteristic Measurement Insulation level voltage (kV)


method
Breakdown voltage (kV) ASTM D1816, x ≤ 69 69 < x < 230 230 ≤ x 345 x > 345
2 mm 45 52 55 60
Water content (mg/kg) ASTM D1533 Max. 20 Max. 10 Max. 10 Max. 10
Diel. dissipation factor at ASTM D94 Max. 0,40 Max. 0,40 Max. 0,30 Max. 0,30
60 Hz and 100°C (%)
Total gas content (%) ASTM D2945 - - 0,5 or in 0,5 or in
agreement agreement
with with
manufacturer’s manufacturer’s
plant plant
Tab. 6-2 Minimum requirements according to IEEE C57.106 at different insulation level voltages at commissioning

ATTENTION
If the minimum/maximum values for the insulation medium are not complied with, the
insulation medium must be treated again (in the cycle).

To receive reference values for later comparison purposes, we recommend performing a gas
chromatography oil analysis before switching on the transformer.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 6–4


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
6 Commissioning
Siemens Energy Transformers

6.3 Commissioning
When all inspections have been performed satisfactorily, the transformer can be taken into
operation after a certain downtime after the last oil manipulation.

6.3.1 Waiting times


The following waiting times must be complied with:

kV (Um) Down time in hours


x < 72,5 16
72,5 < x ≤ 123 24
123 < x ≤ 245 48
245 < x ≤ 550 60
x > 550 72
Tab. 6-3 Min. waiting times

6.3.2 Commissioning steps


1. Transformer in idle operation
 Application of the rated voltage to the transformer/reactor.

ATTENTION
Temperatures and the Buchholz relay must be monitored and inspected for vibration or
leakage during the one-hour idle operation. If the results are satisfactory, the transformer
can be loaded.

2. Loading the transformer/reactor


 Transfer load to the OS/MS/US side and document
 Inspect the motor drive and counter positions
 Switch on-load tap changer to all positions under load
Document maximum activation
 Check earth fault operation (if present)

ATTENTION
If the completely assembled transformer is not connected to the mains right after
completion of the inspections for commissioning, the control cabinet and motor drive
cabinet (if applicable) must be powered to warrant function of the thermostat-controlled
heating. This measure is required to prevent too low temperatures or condensation in
the cabinet, which may lead to damage to the devices.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 6–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

7 Operation

7.1 Type Designations, Measurements and Performance

7.1.1 Type designations


7.1.1.1 General
The following type designation format consisting of a combination of code letters and code
numbers is used by Siemens for transformers and reactors not falling into the category of
"small transformers".

The type designation is carried out using letters (A) and figures (N) in blocks according to the
following schema. Within blocks A and N places which are not required can be omitted starting

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

from the right-hand side. For the purposes of data processing the data has to be entered with
after-point alignment i.e. places which have been omitted remain empty.

Fig. 7-1 Type designation

Example for type designation:

Fig. 7-2: Example for type designation

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

7.1.1.2 Main rating


Key to the 1st character position (code letter): Type of transformer or reactor

Code letter Description


D Three-phase - reactors with iron limbs3
E Single-phase – power transformer
G Three-phase - reactors without iron limbs
H Single-phase - reactors without iron limbs
L Single-phase - reactors with iron limbs1
M Three-phase - autotransformer
N Single-phase - autotransformer
T Three-phase – power transformer, neutral earthing transformer, earthing transformer
Z not defined; see plain text in inquiry, order etc.
Tab. 7-3 1st character position (code letter): Type of transformer or reactor

Key to the 2nd character position (code letter): Insulating material

Code letter. Insulating material (=inner coolant)


A Air, thermal class A or E4
B Air, thermal class B, F or H
C Cast resin
D Mineral oil(O)
E Natural ester(K)
F Synthetic ester(K)
G Gas to liquid - mineral oil(O)
H Paraffinic hydrocarbon(K)
K Silicone oil(K)
M Installation under mineral oil
Z not defined; see plaintext in inquiry, order etc.
Tab. 7-4 2nd character position (code letter): Insulating material

3 Also applies to a starting transformer with air gaps in the iron core
4 See DIN VDE 0530 part 1,annex A
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–3
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

Identification for cooling method:


Internal cooling External cooling
1st letter 2nd letter 3rd letter 4th letter
Cooling medium Circulation Cooling medium Circulation
A, O, K, L N, F, D A, W, I N, F
Tab. 7-5: Identification for cooling method
A Air
W Water
N Natural
F Forced (oil not directed)
D Forced-directed oil
O Mineral oil or synthetic insulating liquid with fire point < 300 °C
K Insulating liquid with fire point > 300 °C
L Insulating liquid with no measurable fire point

Key to the 3rd character position (code letter): Variability

Code letter Description


A Without variability5
B Variable through de-energized tap changer and reconnectability under or above the cover
Variable through phase-on-load tap changer, de-energized tap changer and reconnectability
C
under or above the cover
Variable through neutral end tap changer, de-energized tap changer and reconnectability under
D
or above the cover
E Reconnectable tappings on dry-type transformers3
F Variable through phase-on-load tap changer and de-energized tap changer
G Variable through neutral-end tap changer and de-energized tap changer
H Plunger core, hydraulically actuated
K Reconnectable tappings inside or outside tank
L Variable through neutral-end tap changer and reconnectability under or above the cover
M Variable through phase-on-load tap changer and reconnectability under or above the cover
P Phase-on load tap changer
R Variable magnetic coupling
S Neutral-end-on-load tap changer
T Plunger core, mechanically actuated
U De-energized tap changer
V DC premagnetization
Z For data regarding variability, refer to the plaintext
Tab. 7-6 Key to the 3rd character position (code letter): Variability

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–4


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

Key to the 4th character position (code letter): Intended application

Code letter Description


A Starting of electrical machines
B Mine (flameproof – and / or explosion-proof device)
E Neutral earthing transformer, earth-fault relay, earth-fault current-limiting
F Electrostatic filter
G Generator protection
H HVDC – converter installation
J Industry – rectifier station; direct current drive
K Short-circuit - test; short-circuit current-limiting
L Charging current - compensation
M Generator transformer (only in the case of SN ≥ 100 MVA)
System transformer (only in the case of SN ≥ 100 MVA) or normal use (in the case of SN < 100
N
MVA)6
P High-voltage test
R Ripple-control system, interphase transformer system
T Installation on traction vehicles
U Traction substation for contact wire supply
V Desalinization plants
W Electric furnace
X DC - smoothing
Z Not defined; see plain text in inquiry, order etc.
Tab. 7-7 Key to the 4th character position (code letter): Intended application

Key to the 5th and 6th character position (code number): Size (kVA rating for transformers,
kVAr rating for reactors)

5th character position 6 th character position


Code number7 Power of ten Code number7 Multiplier (area)8
0 100 VA = 1 VA 0 1.00 (0.895 to 1.118)
1 101 VA = 10 VA 1 1.25 (1.119 to 1.414)
2 102 VA = 100 VA 2 1.60 (1.415 to 1.788)
3 103 VA = 1 kVA 3 2.00 (1.789 to 2.236)
4 104 VA = 10 kVA 4 2.50 (2.237 to 2.806)
5 105 VA = 100 kVA 5 3.15 (2.807 to 3.549)
6 106 VA = 1 MVA 6 4.00 (3.550 to 4.472)
7 107 VA = 10 MVA 7 5.00 (4.473 to 5.612)
8 108 VA = 100 MVA 8 6.30 (5.613 to 7.099)
9 109 VA = 1000 MVA 9 8.00 (7.100 to 8.949)
Tab. 7-8 Key to the 5th and 6th character position (code number): Size (kVA rating for transformers, kVAr rating for
reactors)

Examples for the coding and the sizes:


 reference numbers 42: 16 kVA or kVAr

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

 reference numbers 76: 40 MVA or MVAr


 reference numbers 62: 1600 kVA or kVAr
 reference numbers 80: 100 MVA or MVAr

5th & 6th Type rating ST 5th & 6th Type rating ST
character position (kVA, kVAr) character position (kVA, kVAr)
35 3 71 12500
37 5 72 16000
40 10 73 20000
42 16 74 25000
43 20 75 31500
45 30 76 40000
47 50 77 50000
49 75 78 63000
50 100 79 80000
51 125 80 100000
52 160 81 125000
53 200 82 160000
54 250 83 200000
55 315 84 250000
56 400 85 315000
57 500 86 400000
58 630 87 500000
59 800 88 630000
60 1000 89 800000
61 1250 90 1000000
62 1600 91 1250000
63 2000 92 1600000
64 2500 93 2000000
65 3150 94 2500000
66 4000 95 3150000
67 5000 96 4000000
68 6300 97 5000000
69 8000 98 6300000
70 10000 99 8000000
Tab. 7-9 Examples for type rating ST

The unit rating ST which is decisive for the reference numbers of the size is the rated power
of a corresponding two-winding transformer (LT) or a reactor; this rated power is in relation
to 50Hz and continuous operation(DB).The influences of core induction and winding

6 can be omitted, if the 4th place is omitted


7 A tenth of the value of the number formed from both of the reference numbers is roughly the common
logarithm of the unit rating in VA (in case of transformers) or var (in case of reactors)
8 Standard number series R10 to DIN 323

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–6


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

temperature rise on the size are only taken into account when 0.87<KS<1.18; otherwise KS 1
is used.

The basis for the determination of the unit rating ST given in section 2 forms the apparent
power of all the windings SW which are used for transmitting power in the case of the cooling

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–7


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

method laid down at the last place of the type designation. Stabilizing windings and auxiliary
windings in the sense of DIN EN 60076-1 are not taken into account here.

When using an existing model the reference numbers of the size which are laid down in
tabular form in the model are to be taken over into the type designation.
If no reference is given to an existing model then the predefinitions in ST formula of
transformers and reactors apply along with the following identification symbols which
are given.

UW Winding voltage [kV]


IW Winding current (root-mean-square value) [A]
SW Winding rating [kVA]
ST Unit rating [KVA]
KB Factor for the conversion of short-time operation (KB) into contin. Operation
KF Factor for the conversion to 50 Hz Guide values for KB
KF = 50/FN (FN = rated frequency) KB KB
KS Factor for the conversion to BN and WZUL 5s 0.06
KS =(BN/B) .(WZUL /W); here signifying 10 s 0.08
BN Induction with normal 50-Hz-rating of the concerned type 20 s 0.11
30 s 0.14
B Chosen core induction
2h 0.8
WZUL Permitted winding temperature rise according to DIN EN 60076-1 >2 h 1
W Guaranteed value of the winding temperature rise

Single-phase and three-phase transformers


ST = 0.5 · KF · KS · n(KB · UW · IW) = 0.5 · KF · KS ·n SW
In the case of autotransformers a unit rating results which is based on the equivalent rating
and not on the throughput rating.

Reactors

Single-phase and three-phase reactors


ST = KF · KS · n(KB · UW · IW) = KF · KS ·n SW
Direct current reactors

The unit rating ST of a single-phase reactor (50Hz, DB, BN, WZUL) which has the equivalent
weight of the core-and-winding assembly (GFE + GCU) is to be used.

Key to the 7th and 8th character position (code number): Highest voltage for Equipment
Um (kV)

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–8


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

7th character position 8 th character position


Code number9 Power of ten Code number7 Multiplier (area)10
0 100 VA = 1 VA 0 1.00 (0.895 to 1.118)
1 101 VA = 10 VA 1 1.25 (1.119 to 1.414)
2 102 VA = 100 VA 2 1.60 (1.415 to 1.788)
3 10 VA =
3 1 kVA 3 2.00 (1.789 to 2.236)
4 104 VA = 10 kVA 4 2.50 (2.237 to 2.806)
5 105 VA = 100 kVA 5 3.15 (2.807 to 3.549)
6 10 VA =
6 1 MVA 6 4.00 (3.550 to 4.472)
7 5.00 (4.473 to 5.612)
8 6.30 (5.613 to 7.099)
9 8.00 (7.100 to 8.949)

7th & 8th Highest voltage for 7th & 8th Highest voltage for
character position equipment UM character position equipment UM
30 ≤ 1.10 47 52
36 3.6 49 72.5
39 7.2 51 123
41 12 52 145
42 17.5 54 245
44 24 56 420
46 36 57 525
Tab. 7-1 Key to the 7th and 8th character position (code number): Highest voltage for Equipment Um (kV)

9 A tenth of the value of the number formed from both of the reference numbers is roughly the common
logarithm of the unit rating in VA (in case of transformers) or VAr (in case of reactors)
10 Standard number series R10 to DIN 323

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–9


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

Key to the 9th character position (code letter): Cooling method

Code letter Description(Coolant in accordance with DIN EN 60076-2)


A AN
B AF
C ONAN
D ONAF
E OFAN
F OFAF
G OFWF
H ODAN
J ODAF
K ODWF
L Radiator cooling ODAF
M KNAN
N KNAF
P KFAN or KDAN
Q KFAF or KDAF
R KFWF or KDWF
S LNAN
T LNAF
U LFAF or LDAF
V LFAN or LDAN
W LFWF or LDWF
Z Not defined; see plain text in inquiry, order etc.
The given cooling method only applies to the winding in the case of devices in the dry construction. If a device
has several cooling methods which have different rated power then the cooling method allocated to the
highest rated power applies.
Tab. 7-11 Key to the 9th character position (code number): Cooling method

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–10


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

7.2 Operation Behavior

7.2.1 Possibilities of parallel operation


Transformers are considered as operating in parallel if two voltage sides are connected in
parallel (VDE 0532).

Transformers to be connected in parallel must have the same phase displacement clock-hour
number irrespective of the connection. (A Yd5 transformer can for instance be paralleled with
Dy5.) Interconnect the terminals bearing identical markings.

Exception:
Transformers of clock-hour number 11 can be operated in parallel with transformers having
clock-hour number 5 provided that they are connected as shown in Tab. 7-2. The percent
impedance Uz of transformers to be connected in parallel should not deviate by more than 10
% from the mean value of the rated percent impedances of all units to be paralleled. No
additional measures such as the insertion of reactors to serve as additional inductances are
required in cases where the total load is such that the transformers having the lower
impedance voltage are never loaded with more than their rated currents. The smaller
transformer should preferably have the higher impedance voltage.

Transformers to be operated in parallel should preferably be equal in their rated voltage ratio
to within ± 0.5 %, or else be provided with voltage variability (on-load or off-circuit tap
changers). When power transformers with on-load tap changers are operated in parallel, the
requirement for uniform impedance voltage and voltage ratio cannot be met in all tap changer
positions. This problem can be solved by making the relative settings of the tap changers
dependent upon the load distribution. In spite of unequal impedance voltages and equal
voltage ratios of the transformers, the unit having the higher impedance voltage can, by
appropriate reduction of its voltage ratio, be caused to carry a load corresponding to its rated
power.

Required clock-hour Existing clock-hour Connect to conductors


number number HV side LV side
1L1, 1L2, 1L3 2L1, 2L2, 2L3
5 1U, 1V, 1W 2U, 2V, 2W
1U, 1W, 1V 2W, 2V, 2U
5 or 1W, 1V, 1U 2V, 2U, 2W
11
or 1V, 1U, 1W 2U, 2W, 2V

11 1U, 1V, 1W 2U, 2V, 2W


1U, 1W, 1V 2W, 2V, 2U
11 or 1W, 1V, 1U 2V, 2U, 2W
5
or 1V, 1U, 1W 2U, 2W, 2V
Tab. 7-2 Changing the clock-hour number by changing the transformer connection

Dangerously high circulating currents may occur when auto-transformers with on-load tap
changers are operated in parallel, particularly when using the tappings of low impedance
voltage. These currents must be suppressed by series-connected current-limiting reactors or
by parallel-connection by current dividers. Parallel operation of transformers whose rated
outputs are in a ratio of over 2:1 is not advisable owing to the possibly higher deviations of
the UX / UR ratios of the individual transformers. Larger deviations from the voltage ratio,
impedance voltage and rated power ratio are permissible in cases where the transformers will

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–11


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

not be operated directly parallel on one busbar, but where parallel operation in a system is
involved.

7.2.2 Neutral-point load-carrying capacity


The neutral points of star/star-connected three-phase shell-type transformers, three-phase
five-limb transformers and three-phase transformer banks assembled from three single-phase
transformers should not be loaded unless a stabilizing winding is connected.
The neutral point on the high-voltage side of three-phase core-type transformers can be
loaded with 25 % of the rated current for the duration of 1.5 hours or with 20 % during max.
3 hours, provided that an arc-suppression coil is connected.
The low-voltage neutral point in four-conductor systems should not be loaded continuously
with more than 10 % rated current to maintain voltage symmetry (in lighting systems). The
neutral points of star/star-connected transformers with stabilizing windings for Sr / 3 can be
loaded with the full rated current, however not simultaneously. The neutral points of star/delta
or delta/star-connected transformers can be subjected to the full rated current.
The neutral point of the zigzag-connected winding of star/zigzag-connected transformers can
carry the rated current; the neutral of the star-connected winding can only be subjected to the
same loads as that of the star/star-connected transformer without stabilizing winding.
Earthing transformers (EdT) are often used in the following connection: zigzag/star plus delta-
connected stabilizing winding (for Sr / 3 of the Power winding) in star connection.

7.2.3 Unbalanced load


Unbalanced loads at liquid-filled transformers are permissible without time limitation provided
that the current in none of the phase conductors exceeds the rated value. This means that
1.15 times the rated current is permissible in one of the Phase windings.

7.3 Load carrying capacity of oil-immersed transformers


A transformer continuously operated at rated power (S = Sn) under the conditions stipulated
in DIN VDE 0532 Part 1 and with a (weighted average) coolant temperature of 20 °C has a
normal life expectancy. In cases where the load S varies with time and/or the coolant
temperatures deviate from the specified values, it is possible to determine the permissible
transformer loads on the assumption of a normal use of life. In the case of oil-immersed
transformers below 100 MVA, DIN VDE 0536 specifies two different loads K1 and K2 as the
maximum permissible loads for a day to day life cycle (= 24 h). The current is limited to 1.5
times the rated current, and the hot-spot temperature of the winding must not exceed 140 °C.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–12


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

The oil temperature during an overload period is not a measure for the temperature reached
by the winding.

7.4 Permissible winding temperature rises


In accordance with DIN VDE 0532 Part 2, the following mean winding temperature rises,
determined by resistance measurement, are permissible in rated service:

7.4.1 Oil-immersed Transformers


Class A insulation
65 K for ON and OF cooling
70 K for OD cooling

7.4.2 Dry-type transformers


Insulation class Permissible temperature rise in K
A 60
E 75
B 80
F 100
H 125 11, 150
Tab. 7-3 Permissible winding temperature rises over-excitation of transformers - over-excitation of transformers at dry-
type transformers

7.4.3 Over-excitation of transformers

U Voltage applied
f Frequency
Un Rated voltage of input side
fn Rated frequency
E Excitation
Fig. 7-3 Permissible short-time over-excitation of transformers

The maximum permissible over-excitation of a transformer depends on the maximum


permissible flux density (induction) in the iron core. An increase in induction causes an
increase in the no-load current and its harmonics as well as rising losses and consequently

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–13


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

rising thermal stress. Induction B is directly proportional to the applied voltage U and inversely
proportional to the frequency f:
U
B
f
In accordance with DIN VDE 0532 Part 1, the transformer is able to continuously carry its rated
currents under the following conditions:
At 105 % rated voltage and rated frequency or at applied rated voltage and a frequency
deviating by 2.5% from the rated frequency.
Fig. 7-3 shows the permissible duration of over-excitation of large transformers as a function
of the ratio
U  fn
E
Un  f

For frequency fluctuations not exceeding + 2.5 % it can safely be assumed that f ≈ fn.
In case of permanent over-excitation between 105 % and 110 %, the load current must be
reduced as shown in Fig. 7-4. Permanent over-excitation of 110 % is only permissible in the
no-load state of the transformer.
As far as unit transformers are concerned, this means that the generating sets must not be
started and stopped with the voltage regulator switched on and enabled. In manually

11Temperature rises exceeding 150 K may be agreed for certain insulants between the manufacturer
and the user.
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–14
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

controlled plants the shunt-field rheostat setting should be reduced during shutdown. The
field-discharge switch can remain closed.
If transformers are coupled direct with generators and the load is suddenly thrown off, these
transformers can with-stand 1.4 times the rated voltage at their generator-side connections
for five seconds.
Under conditions of sudden load shedding, generator transformers with ratings up to 40 MVA
and station service transformers connected to generators must be able to withstand 1.3 times
rated voltage for five minute.

Fig. 7-4 Permissible long-time over-excitation between 100 % and 110 % (according to DIN VDE 0532, Part 1)

7.4.3.1 Overvoltage protection


Surge diverters or star-connected capacitors can be connected to the phase conductors of the
exposed side in order to protect the transformers against external over-voltages as may be
caused by switching operations, short-circuits, earth-faults and the effects of lightning.
If transformers, for instance for overhead power transmission lines, are likely to be subjected
to over-voltages but are not provided with overvoltage protectors, it must be checked with
the Sales Department whether such equipment should be installed.
Cables or loads connected directly to the low-voltage side of the transformers without
isolating points are usually sufficient to prevent, for instance, excessive over-voltages on the
low-voltage side in the event of high-voltage side earth-faults. The required capacitance
values can be looked up in the instruction manual of the transformer manufacturer or
obtained from the manufacturing plant.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–15


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

7.5 Troubleshooting
The following interferences are a general overview of possible interferences that may occur
at the transformer/reactor.
For detailed information, see the respective operating and assembly instructions for these
devices and components (see chapter 9).

Devices and Interference Possible cause Remedy


components
Buchholz relay Warning Triggered incorrectly Repeat test. Inspect contacts.

Oil loss Localize and remove oil loss


Bubbles after oil filling

Gas formation from Check if gas flammable. If not, vent.


internal defect Otherwise, gas formation measures
Take gas sample at Buchholz relay and
analyze gas
Triggered Oil loss Localize and remove oil loss

Very strong oil flow due Take gas sample at Buchholz relay and
to inner light arcs. analyze gas

Very strong gas formation Take gas sample at Buchholz relay and
due to internal defect analyze gas
(short-circuit in the core
& coil assembly)
Protective relay for Triggered Internal defect in the load Inspection of the load transfer switch
diverter switch transfer switch
Triggered incorrectly Inspect protective relay
Pressure relief valve Triggered Max. overpressure Inspection of the load transfer switch
for diverter switch exceeded or serious
internal defect Inspection of the shut-off elements
Closed shut-off element
towards the conservator
Pressure relief valve Triggered Closed shut-off element Inspection of the pipelines and shut-off
for tank in the conservator elements

Serious internal defect Inspection of core & coil assembly


Contact thermometer Warning when Overload Load reduction
for oil and coil 105/130°C is
temperatures exceeded Interference/defect of the Cooling system inspection
cooling system
Temperature monitor
Wrong temperature set Correct temperature settings
Resistor thermometer
Device defective Replace device
Indicator Triggers when Internal error Inspection of the core & coil assembly
thermometer 120/145°C is
exceeded Wrong temperature set Correct temperature settings
Thermal replica
Device defective Replace device

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–16


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

Devices and Interference Possible cause Remedy


components
Oil level indicator for Warning when Malfunction of the Examined correctness of the
tank or diverter the minimum oil indicator display
switch level is undercut
not enough oil filled in refilling oil

Ambience temperature Ambience temperature


below the temperature measurement
range for the
design

Oil leakage Seal leakages


Oil level indicator for Warning when Malfunction of the Examined correctness of the
tank or diverter the maximum oil indicator display
switch level is exceeded
too much oil filled in Drain oil

Ambience temperature Ambience temperature measurement


below the temperature
range for the
design

Internal error (other Inspection of the core & coil assembly


protective or diverter switch
devices will trigger
at the same time)
Oil flow indicator Warning if oil Closed valve in pipe line Inspection of the pipelines and valves
flow is too low
Triggering of the motor
protection switch of the Inspection of the
oil pump motor protection switch
Water flow indicator Warning if water Closed valve in pipe line Inspection of the pipelines and valves
flow is too low
Triggering of the motor
protection switch of the Inspection of the
Water pump motor protection switch
Electronic breather Warning in case Heating outage Replace breather/repair heating
of device error

Breather with Desiccant beads Glass cylinder Replacement of glass cylinder and seals
desiccant beads discolor leaking/cracked

Desiccant beads Maintenance interval Replacement of desiccant beads


discolor from the exceeded
bottom Replacement of desiccant beads
High humidity
Desiccant beads Seal pipe lines, inspect breather seals,
discolor from the Humidity in the replace drying beads
top conservator, pipe lines
leaking, glass cylinder
leaking.
Protective spark path Flash-over Arcing horn bent. Check protective spark path distances
at bushings adjust if required.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–17


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
7 Operation
Siemens Energy Transformers

Devices and Interference Possible cause Remedy


components
Terminal vanes at Discoloration of Defective contacts Clean contact points
bushings the connection Tighten screws.
parts
Switching cabinet Electrical devices Humidity in the cabinet Increase cabinet heating
are not working too high. temperature
properly. Temperature in the Ventilate cabinet additionally.
cabinet too high.
Contacts corroded Seal cabinet door, install dust filter if
or contaminated. Water or dust in the required.
cabinet.
Motor drive for Drive cannot be No voltage at the motor Check supply line
diverter switch controlled by the protection switch
motor Motor protection switch Switch on motor protection switch
not activated
Motor protection Emergency stop button Reset emergency stop button.
switch triggers activated or caught.
during adjustment. Motor current too high Check if drive is hard to move with
due to overload or phase hand-crank. If there is any suspicion of
interruption. mechanical defect in the tap changer,
request plant installer.
Mechanical de- Cannot be Drive blocked Unblock drive, interior inspection of
energized tap operated the de-energized tap changer may be
changer required
Recommendation: Move de-energized
tap changer over all contacts
repeatedly every year.
Earth connection Earth connection Linkage to earth potential Replace present earth connection and
charred or too low set up additional earth connections.
separated
Impermissible current Remove current loops, make cross-
loops due to multiple section or present earth connections
earth connection. sufficiently large.
Air flow indicator Air flow missing or Protective grille icy or Clean protective grille, open frost flaps.
too low clogged.

Cooler clogged or badly Clean cooler


contaminated.

Fan motor interference Check current supply


(no or too low voltage, Repair fan
coil defective, bearing
damage).
Reverse rotating direction. Inspect
Wrong rotating direction. electrical connections and trigger
mechanisms.
Differential pressure Oil- or water Leakage in the oil/water Seal or repair cooler.
switch traces in the circuit of the cooling
Oil-water display component system.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 7–18


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

8 Maintenance and Inspection


Even and interference-free transformer operation mainly depends on regular and careful
monitoring and maintenance work.
Most of the maintenance work can be performed by operating personnel. Detailed notes on
performance of maintenance work can be taken from the different documents in the
transformer operating manual. For larger and more complicated sealing or assembly work and
load control switch revisions, we recommend to request special installers from the Siemens
manufacturer plant.
Maintenance and monitoring work must only be performed with the transformer/reactor
switched off and earthed.

If monitoring and maintenance work is performed by external staff, proceed pursuant to the
check list "maintenance work and electrical tests" (see chapter 15). The individual measures
must be recorded on the checklist and submitted to the manufacturer's plant in writing directly
after completion of the monitoring and maintenance work.

NOTE
No warranty can be assumed by Siemens for any damage resulting from improper
monitoring and maintenance.

8.1 Overview Monitoring and Maintenance Work


The following list includes possible monitoring and maintenance work. They may vary
depending on type and build of the transformer.

For the specific monitoring and maintenance work for the individual transformers, see the
check list "maintenance work and electrical tests" (see chapter 15).

NOTE
For the specific monitoring and maintenance work for the individual transformers, see
the check list "maintenance work and electrical tests" (see chapter 15).

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

Checking for leaks and cleanliness


Transformer tank, cover, domes, Inspection of all flanges, seals and welds for oil leaks.
pipes Appearing leaks must be removed at once by tightening the screws,
replacing the respective seals or re-welding.
Re-welding must only be performed by experienced welders.
Cooling system with pipe In water cooling systems, the visible water surface in the oil sight pot
regularly needs to be checked for present traces of oil. If there are any
traces of oil, there is a suspected leak. In this case, the coolers must be
removed and overhauled. Then perform a tightness check pursuant to DIN
42 556!
Oil-water-coolers must be cleaned on the water side; in oil-air coolers, the
cooling ribs and protective screen must be cleaned.
Slide valves and fittings All slide valves and fittings must be checked for oil leaks. Leaks in the
stuffing box, if any, must be sealed by tightening the compression gland.
The stuffing box seal can be replaced when the slide valve is closed.
Bushings Bushings, bushing domes and pipes leading to the bushings must be
inspected for leaks. Depending on design and make, an oil level sight glass
may be attached to the bushing. The oil level in the sight glass must be
within the indicated tolerances. Refill oil at once in case of irregularities.
Water-cooled bushings are used for heavy-duty furnace transformers. The
insulation plate, insulation discs, seals and union nuts, as well as the water-
cooled copper bushings must be cleaned of dirt. The time of operation
after which the bushings must be cleaned cannot be indicated as a general
value. The cleaning intervals to be determined mainly depend on the local
air pollution. An average value is a cleaning interval of 6 months. Check
the pressure at the pressure gauge of HV bushings (if provided). It must be
within the thresholds of the pressure diagram. The bushing connections
must be checked for firm seat.
Cable box The cable box is usually connected to the main conservator. Non-stationary
transformers usually have a separate conservator. The oil levels in the
conservator or other vessels must be determined using the sight glasses or
oil level indicators and must correspond to the temperature marks on the
display devices according to the insulation oil temperature. If the oil level is
too low, the reason for the oil loss must be removed and dried new oil
must be filled in. The oil type of the refilling oil is to be taken from the oil
test certificate or an oil sign attached to the transformer in case of
transformers with inhibited oil filling. The cable box, including mounting
frame and cable sleeve, must be checked for leakage.
On-load tap changer Regrease coupling forks, coupling hubs and cardan joints with rubber
sleeves, where required. Check supply bearing for tightness and for interior
corrosion after removal of the cover. Check shut-off gear (if present) for
tightness and interior corrosion after removing the cover, and verify
correct position of the end stops. The flanges at the tap changer head and
supply bearing must be checked for oil-tightness.
Conservator with pipes (external) Check all sliders, flanges, sealing points and welding seams for tightness
against oil.
The dehumidifier must breathe correctly. If the desiccant (desiccant beads)
discolors in the glass cylinder from the top (for colors, see safety
datasheet), the pipelines, conservator or glass cylinder are not tight.
Conservator (internal) Whether inner cleaning is required can be seen by examination of an oil
sample from the oil sump of the conservator. Disassemble man-hole cover
at the front of the conservator. Clean interior of the conservator with
cleaning agent.
Oil level indicators The oil levels in the conservator or other containers must be determined
using the inspection glasses or oil level indicators and must correspond to
the temperature marks on the display devices according to the insulation
oil temperature. If the oil level is not sufficient, the reason for the oil loss
must be removed and dried new oil must be filled in. The oil type of the
refilling oil is to be taken from the oil test certificate or output sign.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

When glass tubes are used as oil level indicator, clean them as follows:
Turn valve handle into shut-off position at the lower part. After turning out
of the oil drain screw, empty isolation liquid from the oil level tube into a
clean vessel. Remove upper part of the conservator, remove oil-level tube
and clean with new transformer oil. Do not use any aggressive cleaning
agents. Reassemble in reverse order.
Current transformer box Integrated current transformers either must be connected to measuring
instruments or short-circuited, e.g. in the transport condition. Every
converter secondary coil must be earthed at a clamp pursuant to the circuit
diagram. The preferred clamp for earthing is the clamp "k".
Monitoring devices The inspection glasses and contact rooms must be inspected for tightness
and freedom from corrosion. Vents and water drains must be cleaned.

Function tests
Dehydrating breather To prevent moisture from entering the conservator, the desiccant must be
replaced already if the layer of discolored active material at the top only
has the following thickness:
- approx. 3 cm for dehumidifier A DIN 42 567;
- approx. 7 cm for dehumidifier A DIN 42 562;
For this, see maintenance item "Conservator with pipelines (outside)".
Buchholz relay Mechanical operation of the warning and trigger float is to be performed
according to the Buchholz relay device description. The warning function
(gas alarm) is inspected effectively with the circuit breakers inserted.
When the warning triggers, the warning signal has to be received by the
control center, the circuit breakers must not trip. When testing the trigger
function, the circuit breakers must trigger or the generator separation must
become effective.
The respective messages in the control center must be verified.
The directional arrow points from the transformer/reactor to the
conservator.

Oil sludge formation


Strong aging of the oil can be recognized by dark discoloration. Such oils
will precipitate oil sludge. It collects at the bottom of the Buchholz relay
and impairs the function of the vane and the lower float for switch-off.

Connection space
The test and connection space must be inspected for condensate
formation. The venting openings of the connection space must be
permeable.

Test facility
The Buchholz relay is equipped with a test device that permits separate
functional control of the two contact systems from the outside even if the
relay casing is completely filled with oil.

Warning: Push test button


The warning function (gas alarm) is inspected effectively with the circuit
breakers inserted. When the warning triggers, the warning signal has to be
received by the control center, the circuit breakers must not trip. Another
test option for the warning signal is slow pumping of air though the
venting valve.

Switch-off
Slowly turn test button to the stop in the direction of the arrow, then
slowly press it.
The switch-off test is performed effectively with the circuit breakers
inserted. When turning back the test button into the initial position

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–3


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

(against the direction of the arrow), the mechanism is unlocked again. The
respective messages in the control center must be verified.

Contacts
The protective gas tubes must be checked for correct position, correct
triggering and good contact transfer. We recommend replacing the contact
tubes after 10 years of operation.
See document "Two-float Buchholz relay“.
Diverter switch protection The load control switch protection in newer transformers are load control
switch protection relays, while older transformers have a blast protection.
The functional test of the protective devices must be performed according
to the device description. Performance switch tripping, generator de-
excitation and signaling in the control center when the load control switch
protection devices trigger must be inspected.
When the load control switch protection devices trigger, the transformer
must be switched off. Switching to warning is not permissible.

Check the load diverter switch protection relay


Push test button. The transformer circuit breakers must trigger. Then
unlock by pressing the button "operation" or turning the test button
counter-clockwise by about 90°.
The load control switch protection relay can only be reset at the device.

Test the blast protection


The destruction blade lever or plunger in the blast protection must be
manually lifted until the integrated snap switch triggers and the circuit
breakers in the transformer trigger. The snap switch remains in the lock
position. Then pull the snap switch head from the trigger position to the
operating position stop again. Check distance between destruction blade
and membrane. The distance at normal oil level in the conservator must be
about 5 mm at a membrane diameter of ≤ 490 mm and about 15 mm at a
membrane diameter of > 490 mm.
Oil level monitor transformer The oil level monitor function must be tested by pressing the alarm
main compartment contacts. Specifically watch out for swapped lines for max and min
contacts.
Oil level monitor on-load tap The oil level monitor function must be tested by pressing the alarm
changer compartment contacts. Specifically watch out for swapped lines for max and min
contacts.
Dial thermometers Adjustment with stem-type thermometer
Document the set temperature and indicate if the oil or coil temperature
was measured.

Coil temperature
The converter circuits of the thermal images must be closed and must not
be opened when the transformer is under voltage. The jumpers at the
converter must be open.

Function test
Adjustment of the dial thermometer is performed by heating the
disassembled temperature sensor in the oil or water bath. Temperature is
controlled by a rod thermometer.
Resistance thermometer The resistance thermometer must be checked for function. The impedance
at 0 °C = 100 Ω.
Resistance increase = 0.38 Ω/K. Resistance of the measuring line must be
observed.
Temperature monitor setting Record set temperature in °C. Triggering of the contact is audible by a
"Click".
Oil circulation pumps Before commencing any work at the oil circulation pumps, ensure that they
were switched off and secured against reactivation.
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–4
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

Maintenance is essentially limited to monitoring the bearings lubricated by


the transported liquid. If the operating conditions permit, remove the
bearing and clean the bearing as well as all flow paths at intervals of
approx. 2 years or when there are any noticeable irregularities.
Fans Inspection
Times indicated for required overhaul and maintenance work at fans can
be taken from the fan description in the operating manual or, for larger fan
types, the notice signs attached at the transformer close to the fan. In
particular, observe bearing lubrication and the terminal boxes being free of
condensate.

Cleaning
Clean the fan at intervals. Do not use a pressurized water jet!
If the temperature difference rises noticeably, cooler and protective grille
are contaminated and must be cleaned. In winter operation, observe ice
formation on the protective grille and open and arrest the frost flaps if
required.
Oil flow monitors The correct installation position of the oil flow monitors is visible by the
cast-in arrows. The contacts being established here is to be inspected at
each oil flow monitor by closing a corner valve with the pump running.
The function of other flow monitors can be inspected by closing a slide in
the main pipeline.
Air flow monitors Check contact of the air flow monitors. Contact can be achieved effectively
by covering the suction-side protective grille. Contaminated air flow
monitors must be cleaned.
Water flow monitors Check contact of the water flow monitors.
Leak monitors The leakage indicator function, in particular that of the floats as signaling
devices, must be verified by filling in spirit according to the device
description. Then ensure complete emptying and vaporizing of the test
liquid and attach the connection hoses between the cooler and leakage
indicator again.
Do not use water for testing due to danger of corrosion!
Fan and pump control Check that the control works according to the circuit diagram. Fans and
pumps must run perfectly.
Pressure relief device Check the pressure relief device for the transformer tank and, if present,
for the tap changer as well.
Test contacting the trigger elements remain in the trigger position. They
must be put in the operating position again after inspection at the device.
Cooling system The time of operation after which the coolers must be cleaned cannot be
indicated as a general value; the cleaning intervals to be determined
mainly depend on the local air and cooling water conditions. Cleaning of
the cooler is required at the latest when the oil temperature has a rising
trend with the transformer load and air or water entry temperature
remaining the same.

Oil entry temperature / oil exit temperature


Read and record oil entry and exit temperature for each cooling circuit.
Monitor pressure on the oil and water sides of each cooling circuit. The oil
pressure must be larger than the water pressure at normal pipe coolers.

Water entry temperature / water exit temperature


Read and record cooling water entry and exit temperature for each cooling
circuit.
Current transformer Current transformer terminals
Integrated current transformers either must be connected to measuring
instruments or short-circuited, e.g. in the transport condition.

Current transformer earthing

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

Every converter secondary coil must be earthed at a clamp pursuant to the


circuit diagram. The preferred clamp for earthing is the clamp "K".
De-energized tap changer The tap changer must only be operated in the powered down condition of
the transformer. Otherwise, there is a danger of total damage!
For detailed instructions, see tap changer operating instructions (chapter
9).

Switching through all positions


Over time, the copper contact parts may coat with a layer of foreign matter
that may increase the temperature at the contacts. Therefore, it is
recommended to go through the complete setting range several times with
the tap changer at occasional breaks in operation of the transformer - at
least once annually - to clean the contacts of the foreign matter layer that
occurred in the meantime.

Interlocks
If electrical locking mechanisms are present, check their function, i.e. even
trying to operate the tap changer must switch off the transformer.
The end positions are mechanically secured. When the end position of the
tap changer is reached, further adjustment is only possible in the reverse
direction.

Drive
Operating the tap changer must be easily possible mechanically with the
hand-crank or by motor operation.
Checking the control cubicles Heating, lighting
Heating and illumination (door contact) must be checked for proper
function. The heating temperature must securely prevent condensate
formation! The thermostat of the cabinet heating must be set to approx.
20 °C.

Tightness
Switching cabinets must be water- and dust-tight according to their
protection type. Door seals and lock must not be damaged. Check and
clean casing vents if required.

Contact functions
Proper contacting pursuant to the circuit diagram must be warranted.

Wiring, ducts
Cover ducts and lines must be free of damage, wiring must not have any
aging damage.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–6


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

Tap changer
Tap changer revision depends on Tap changer revision depends on switching numbers or duration of use.
switching numbers or duration of For this information, see the operating instructions of the tap changer
use (chapter 9).
Motor drive Switching through all positions
If the tap changer is operated less than 3,000 times per year or not moved
across the whole setting range, the complete setting range must be gone
through about 10 times with the transformer powered down for cleaning
the contacts.

Contactor control
Must be verified for proper function according to the circuit diagram.

Stops, mechanical and electrical


Mechanical inspection is to be performed first for safety reasons.
Electrically control the tap changer to the second to last position and then
go to the end position by turning the hand crank. If the hand crank is then
turned on for about 2 ½ rotations, the mechanic end stop must catch.
Pressing the push-button in the same control direction - after removing the
hand-crank - must not cause the drive to start up. Proceed accordingly in
the opposite direction. After mechanical inspection of the end stops,
perform electrical inspection. For this, switch to the motor drive end
position. If further impulses are generated the drive must not start up
again; it must only start if impulses are given in counter-direction. This test
also needs to be performed for both end positions.

Tap-to-tap interlock
To test the step control, operate the toggle or push-button S1 or S2 during
the complete run-time of an adjustment process. After switching the load
control switch, the motor drive must switch off independently. Further
adjustment must only take place after another impulse is given.
If the overrun lock in the motor drive or control center is a time relay to
switch off the drive's motor protection switch after approx. 8 sec after run-
time of 1 stage is exceeded, its function must be tested as well.

Anti-corrosion coating
See chapter 8.3.

Miscellaneous
Inspect the door seal and locking mechanism for tightness or damage.
Clean vents if required.
Check heating function, thermostat setting (approx. 20 °C) if applicable or
hygrostat if present.
Check the lighting.
Check the contact tracks and position indicators, as well as firm seat of all
terminal clamps on terminal rails.
Clean the motor drive if required..
In case of stronger mechanical vibrations transferred to the drive casing
from outside, check the seat of all screws and tighten them if required.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–7


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

Oil examination
Gas-analysis examination For measuring the breakdown voltage, verification of chemical and
Gas-chromatography examination physical characteristics of the insulating liquid, taking of oil samples from
the transformer is required. Sampling is performed before commissioning
of the transformer, after extended operating duration or in case of
interference.
Oil examinations are performed for the following oil spaces:
- Transformer tank
- Conservator
- Tap selector compartment
- Bushing compartment
- Cable box
- Condenser bushing (only in special cases on instructions of the bushing
manufacturer)

Cable box
Entry of moisture into the cable Check moisture content of the cable boxes filling compound (UD).
box filling compound of
compound-filled or the oil of oil-
filled cable terminal boxes
Moisture collecting in air-filled Any collected condensation must be able to run off.
cable cover hoods

Miscellaneous
Corrosion protection Timely repair of the top coat of paint generally makes it possible to avoid
replacing the complete paint coat.
For performance, see "Repair of coatings and zinc covers“.
Spark gaps, setting according to The protective spark gaps must be set according to the indications of the
dimension drawing dimension drawing or the respective binding stipulations. Increased
distances must be considered according to the stipulations when setting up
the transformer in altitudes exceeding 1,000 m. When over-voltage
deflectors are attached, the distance of the arcing horns is generally
increased or they are completely removed.
Sound absorption Inspect the sealing strips for completeness. Entering moisture will lead to
corrosion at the transformer/reactor and the sound absorption walls.
Earth connections (protective To avoid current loops, the transformer tank and any cooling system must
earth) be earthed with a sufficient line cross-section. The earthing screw must be
inspected for firm seal and re-tightened if required.
Gas test device The bottles with the test liquids "silver nitrate solution" and "palladium
chloride solution" are marked with the best before date. Using the test
liquid after the best before date may lead to falsification of the analysis of
gas samples.
Instructions pursuant to gas test device description (chapter 9).

Electrical Tests
Electrical tests at transformers/reactors must be performed under consideration of relevant
safety provisions and assembly instructions applicable for them.

NOTE
Electrical tests are to be performed on demand but at least in a 5-year cycle.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–8


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

Winding insulation resistance


Transformation measurement
No-load currents
Winding resistance
Dielectric dissipation factor at the According to device description based on the works test documents.
transformer / reactor
Dielectric dissipation factor at We recommend having these measurements performed by the transformer
condenser bushing or bushing manufacturer.
Electrical inspection of the For all electrical tests at accessories, ensure that the switching devices,
accessories accessories or monitoring devices in the measuring circuit are not
impermissibly strained and thus destroyed or damaged.

Insulation resistance of the wiring

Insulation resistance of the motors

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–9


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

8.2 Removing leaks and soldering copper lines


Repair work at live parts is generally prohibited at high-voltage systems. In exceptions, leakage
points in the danger area of live parts may be repaired if they are small, e.g. by grouting,
without powering down the transformer/reactor.

The decision must be made by construction management and should be confirmed in writing
due to the great risk.

The following five safety rules must be observed:


1. Power down
2. Secure against reactivation
3. Verify that the equipment is powered down
4. Ground and short-circuit
5. Cover or cordon off any adjacent live parts

8.2.1 Cleaning and marking of leaks


Localized leaks must be cleaned of oil and dirt with suitable cleaning agents. To mark the leak,
spray chalk spray on the cleaned area. This method can be generally used for transformer
tanks, pipe lines and compensation vessels.

8.2.2 Grouting
For small leaks in tank walls with a thickness of ≥ 8 mm, grouting may be sufficient. For this,
a die, mandrel or chisel is used to drive the material around the leak towards the hole as evenly
as possible.

ATTENTION
This way, the leak is only closed temporarily and must be welded as soon as possible.

Fig. 8-1 Grouting of leaks

8.2.3 Relieving pressure from the leak


Repair by cementing or welding must be prepared as follows:
Shut off or plug the supply lines (e.g. at the compensation container). Close any other
openings at the tank, tank cover and load control switch vessel. Then open the lowest
sampling valve or drain cock and drain insulating oil into a bucket or tray. Draining of
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–10
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

insulating oil at the tank bottom leads to a vacuum in the tank. The vacuum is the largest
above the oil level and drops to zero towards the exit height. When the tank is closed
completely, approx. 0.3 % of the overall oil volume may flow out. If more insulating oil flows
out, there is a leak somewhere that must be removed. Since the pressure outside of the tank
is higher than on the inside, no insulation oil flows out at the leak. However, air may be sucked
in through the leak. For larger transformers (> 40 MVA) or larger leaks, application of a
vacuum pump is appropriate. However, ensure that the tank is vacuum resistant, or too high
a vacuum may lead to permanent tank deformation. Corrugated sheet tanks are not vacuum
resistant!

Harp or radiator tank


If the tank or conservator is vacuum-resistant can be seen in the output and circuit sign.
Transformer tanks and conservator ≥ 10 MVA are usually vacuum resistant. If the conservator
is vacuum resistant, the vacuum pump can be connected to the conservator at the highest
point, i.e. at the dehumidifier pipeline. Otherwise, the insulating oil must be drained so that
no insulating oil enters the vacuum pump (observe volume reduction by tank deformation!).
Loosen the pipe line between the transformer and conservator and install reduction flange
with connection piece for the vacuum pump. Connect the vacuum pump. Keep the vacuum
at a level that will not lead to air being sucked into the leak.
If a load control switch vessel is present, it must be evacuated as well for pressure
compensation. Install reduction flange and vacuum pump downstream of the load control
switch vessel in this case.

8.2.4 Fire-protection measures for welding


Oil vapors may result and form an explosive and flammable mixture with air at a certain ratio
in case of overheating of insulation oil, e.g. during subsequent welding of oily or oil-filled
containers. Welding and soldering work with open flames at oil-filled or partially oil-filled - or
oily - transformer tanks, conservator, etc. therefore requires special safety measures, e.g.
filling with nitrogen or creation of a vacuum.

8.2.5 Welding
Prepare repair work well so that the time the insulting oil is subject to higher heat
development remains short. Comply with fire protection measures as described. Provide two
or more fire extinguishers with suitable extinguishing agent against oil fire (fire class B)
according to transformer size.
If the weld point is above the oil level, flush the clearance with nitrogen and open it against
overpressure.

8.2.6 Welding staff


Welding work must only be performed by trained and currently practiced welders - preferably
from the manufacturer’s plant. Welder examinations, e.g. pursuant to DIN EN 287-1, may be
taken as prerequisite for performing repairs, but do not replace special training. If problems
are expected, request precise instructions for the respective special case from the

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–11


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

manufacturer’s plant. Welding work at material temperatures of less than 5 °C must be


coordinated with the manufacturer’s plant.

8.2.7 Precautions for repairs at oil transformers after internal


damage
An electrical defect in the transformer will cause formation of flammable gases. They form
explosive gas mixes in connection with air. Smoking and handling of spark-generating tools is
therefore prohibited in the danger area. With the exception of taking of gas samples for gas-
chromatography examinations, measurements and tests at the transformer must only be
performed if it is ensured that all flammable gases have been removed by venting the
transformer or by flushing with oil or nitrogen.

In particular, no air but only nitrogen must be pressed in through the dehumidifier when
lowering the oil level after an electrical defect.
Before opening the transformer, remove nitrogen by evacuation and replace by dry
compressed air.

8.3 Corrosion protection - Repair of coatings and zinc


covers
Climatic influences and effects of chemically aggressive atmospheres usually cause slow but
continuous degradation in particular of the cover coating, so that it must be renewed every 5-
10 years, or earlier at extreme strain.
The required repairs include cleaning of the coating surface and grinding off of the top layer,
repair of local damage and renewal of the top layer. If the coating films are strongly hardened,
apply an interim adhesive base before application of the cover coating that is both well
adhesive and has a good moisture resistance, because it is only painted over with a single
layer.
The colors used for the repair paint coats and paint repairs must be compatible with the old
coat of paint (see chapter 3.2.3 – safety data-sheets).

8.3.1 Surface preparation


Contamination of the paint surfaces must be removed. Oil-free and grease-free layers must
be removed with water, oils and solvents.
Tap off loosely adhesive layers, grind position to be repaired to the blank metal with sanding
paper and grind the edges to the remaining coating.
Then clean the repair place thoroughly of grinding residue.

8.3.2 Performance of paint work


The layers that were damaged or had to be removed at surface preparation must be renewed.
The repair and overhaul work for the coating must only be performed when the weather is
dry. The temperature must be at least 5 °C and surfaces wet from dew must not be painted.

8.3.3 Application procedure


The coating can be repaired by painting or spraying. Painting usually can be performed at the
viscosity of the coating materials in their delivery condition, spraying requires an addition of
about 10 % thinner. Painting the top coat of paint must not lead to "patches". Ensure that the
top coat of paint is exactly flush with the visible edges of the areas to be painted so that the
Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–12
by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

repaired area is not obvious. Every layer must dry for 5 to 8 hours before the next layer is
applied.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–13


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
8 Maintenance and Inspection
Siemens Energy Transformers

8.3.4 Coating structure of the transformer


The coating structure for transformers/reactors is defined pursuant to TUN 901240.
 Coating structures (abbreviations): TUN 901240 chapter 3 (terms and definitions)
 Layer thicknesses of individual layers: TUN 901240 chapter 5.3.5
 Coating materials TUN 901240 chapter 5.3.1 (Appendix 1a – 1c)
 Inner coating (oil-side) of transformers and accessories: TUN 901240 chapter 5.3.9

8.3.5 Performance of coating


Repair of micaceous iron ore coatings is difficult because the color brightness varies for each
application type due to the flake-like pigment. Applying the coating materials with a brush
additionally leads to slightly patchy surfaces. "Spraying" is a much more suitable application
type.
For 2K-coatings, the original diluents of the coating suppliers must be used.

8.3.6 Zinc coatings


The following measures must be taken when there is any mechanical damage to zinc coatings:
 Remove loosely adhesive zinc layer in the area of the damage. Grind damaged area with
sanding paper until it shows blank metal, and then thoroughly clean it from grinding
residue.
 Repair the damaged point with zinc dust coating.

Zinc dust coating material


 Binder basis: Epoxy resin
 Pigment basis: Zinc dust

Two layers must be applied the minimum layer thickness must be 80 µm. After application of
the zinc dust coating, interim and top coating must be applied pursuant to instructions.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 8–14


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and


Accessories
All part numbers indicated in these operating instructions (= position in the dimension
drawing) refer to the part numbers in the dimension drawing and numbering plan except
where indicated differently.

9.1 Iron Core


The iron core has an approximately circular cross-section in the leg-set and yoke and consists
of cold-rolled, high-alloy sheet with magnet pull direction. The sheets are applied with a heat-
resistant special insulation, cut diagonally without burrs and layered overlapping in the edge
area (step-lap layers). The leg-set sheets are bonded in the edge areas and pressed with tape
bindings. The yoke sheets are pressed by the pressing plates with glass-fiber devices or yoke
pressing bolts. Cooling gaps are integrated in the core and yoke in parallel to the direction of
the layer.

9.2 Coils
The coils are made of concentrically aligned coil groups and supported against the yokes. The
insulation of the twisted or massive conductors consists of oil-soaked paper with electrical
stability.
Paper insulation thickness is dimensioned according to the voltage load. Coils with parallel
conductors are twisted. Coils with a rated voltage of 110 kV or more are partially or completely
interleaved. The insulation between the coils and against the core or yoke consists of cylinders
and shaped parts made of transformer board.
The coils are equipped with capacity rings. In axial direction, the coils are clamped between
the press plates with supports made of insulating material; pressing is performed by internal
pull rods.
All control lines in the transformer are short-circuit proof and supported voltage-safely.

9.3 Tank and Cover


The tank (conventional build) is made of steel sheet and welded oil-tightly. Sheet thicknesses
and reinforcements are dimensioned for 100 % vacuum. All welding was performed by
qualified personnel. The cover is designed as a panel cover and screwed to the tank with a
rubber seal.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

Tank-cover-connection welded

1 Sealing bar (spacer bar)


2 Cover flange
3 Tank flange
4 Rubber seal
5 Heat-resistant spacer - asbestos-free
Fig. 9-1 Tank-cover-connection

This sealing system is based on the use of rubber seals in furrows. It consists of an oil- and
heat-resistant synthetic rubber NBR (or equal).

CAUTION
If the cover screw is insulated, it must not be bridged by any additional conversions.

1 Sealing bar (spacer bar)


2 Cover flange
3 Rubber seal (sealing cord - oval)
4 Tank flange
Fig. 9-2 Tank-cover-connection (schematic diagram)

All tank or cover attachment parts are placed in the dimension drawing.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–2


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

Transport options:
Work steps Reference points Position in the dimension drawing
Lifting with hydraulic lifters 4 Lifting points 100
Lifting with crane 4 Lifting eyes 100
Pulling longitudinally 4 Pull eyes 104
Pulling transversely 4 Pull eyes 104
Tab. 9-1 Transport options

9.4 Conservator
ATTENTION
The conservator is vacuum-proof

The conservator compartment volumes are designed based on maximum oil expansion.

The conservator can be structured in several compartments.


For transformers with on-load tap changer, at least two compartments are required at all
times, the main compartment and the on-load tap changer compartment.
The structure by main and on-load tap changer compartment prevents contamination of the
insulating oil by pollutants that may result from switching the on-load tap changer.

9.4.1 Main Compartment


A Buchholz relay is installed in the connection line between cover and conservator. Right
before and after the Buchholz relay, there are sliders that must be opened during operation.
The main compartment is equipped with a breathing pocket to prevent the oil from taking up
oxygen and to thus protect it from oxidation and moisture intake.

9.4.2 On-load Tap Changer Compartment


A protective relay is installed in the connection line between load control switch and
conservator compartment.
To protect the insulation oil against contamination by oil sludge from the conservator, the oil
line protrudes several centimeters into the conservator. The connection line for the
dehydrating breather ends right below the highest point of the conservator space.
Hand holes are intended for cleaning the conservator compartments.

All attachment parts are placed in the dimension drawing.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–3


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.5 Earthings

9.5.1 Core Earthing


The iron core is installed insulated in the tank and connected to the core earthing bushings in
one place with a copper rope. The earth connection is established outside the tank and can be
loosened for insulation impedance measurement.

1 Bushings I kV. 250 A


2 Earth terminal
3 Flexible conductor
4 Pressing plate
5 Shield
6 Cover
7 Earthing clip
8 Tank wall
Fig. 9-3 Example of core earthing

9.5.2 Tank Earthing


2 earthing connections pursuant to DIN 46011 each are present at each of the four tank
corners, close to the tank bottom.

9.5.3 Cooling System Earthing


2 earthing connections pursuant to DIN 46011 each are present at each support of the front
cooling system close to the bottom.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–4


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.6 OFF-Circuit Tap Changer


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the GS007
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: MR
Type: 030-KR5100.RC50-1
Operating instructions: /

WARNING
On-load tap changers (OLTC) must only be operated by instructed and authorized
specialists.
A live transformer must never be switched directly from the motor operation cabinet of
the OLTC. The OLTC must only be operated via remote control from a secure control
center.
While persons are standing close to a live transformer, e.g. during commissioning and
maintenance, no controlling operations must be performed at the load control switch.
The transformer operator is asked to indicate any damage, injury or accidents in
connection with OLTC to Siemens manufacturer’s plant without delay.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–5


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.7 Control Cabinet (ELECTRICAL MONITORING)


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension CF070
drawing:
Manufacturer: Northeast power transmitting and
transforming equipment group
company
Type: /

The control cabinet is installed vibration-protected at the tank and contains the following
equipment:
1. Voltage supply
2. Cooling control
3. Terminal blocks and cable screws
4. Warning and trigger contacts

Heating elements, lighting and sockets for 230V, 1-phase are installed.
The cabinet is of protection class IP 55.

DANGER
The following five safety rules must be observed:
1. Power down
2. Secure against reactivation
3. Verify that the equipment is powered down
4. Ground and short-circuit
5. Cover or cordon off any adjacent live parts

ATTENTION
If the control cabinet is out of operation or stored for any extended period, the provisions
pursuant to chapter 4.8.3, long-term storage for accessories, must be observed.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–6


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.8 Bushings
Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Bushing type Oil impregnated paper condenser bushing
Designation (U,.V, W): HV-U
Position in the GD001
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: SHENYANG CHUANQI
Type: BRDLW-252/630-4
Operating instructions: /

Bushing type BUSHING


Designation (U,.V, W): HV-u
Position in the GD002
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: ABB
Type: 350-800-4-0.3
Operating instructions: /

Bushing type BUSHING


Designation (U,.V, W): LV-O
Position in the GD009
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: ABB
Type: 350-2000-4-0.3
Operating instructions: /

Bushing type BUSHING


Designation (U,.V, W): TV BUSHING
Position in the GD020
dimension drawing:
Manufacturer: JIANGSU ZHIDA
Type: BFW-24/3150-4
Operating instructions: /

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–7


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.9 Current transformer


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension /
drawing:
Manufacturer: Nanjing zhengfang
Type: /
Operating instruction Operation instruction for bushing
current transformer

ATTENTION
If measuring or protective devices are not connected, the secondary clamps of the
transformer must be short-circuited and earthed.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–8


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
套管型电流互感器
Bushing Current Transformer

使用说明书
Explanation for Use

南京正方电气有限公司
Nanjing Fine Electric Co.,Ltd.
1. 用途
套管型电流互感器用于交流电力设备上,用于电气测量和继电保护。
Application
Bushing current transformers are applied on AC electrical equipments for measuring
and relay.

2.分类
套管型电流互感器按其用途,可分为测量级互感器和保护级互感器两种。
Class
Bushing current transformers may be divided into measuring transformers and relay
transformers according to their purpose.

3.型号说明
Type explanation
L R B—□

额定电压(kV) rated voltage(kV)


保护级(测量级不标B) protection(nothing for measuring)
穿入式(即套管型) drawing type(Bushing type)
电流互感器 current transformer

4.安装
安装前,对每只电流互感器外观及铭牌数据逐一检查,确保各参数符合使用要求;将检验合
格的电流互感器按照不同型号分类摆放(摆放时将铭牌正立) ,在120℃烘房内干燥24小时。
Installation
The appearance and nameplate of every current transformer should be checked to assure
the parameters to be able to meet the requirement for use. Please put the current
transformers checked according to their type(nameplate up) in 120℃ drying room for
24 hours.

4.1电流互感器的安装
拆除电流互感器的外保护层,采用三点起吊的方法,用绳子起吊电流互感器非垫块部位,
依据电流互感器装配顺序,按减极性方向(产品铭牌正立时上端面为P1)逐一装配到套筒内,
装配时注意电流互感器二次引线与套筒二次出线盒在同一方向,并用适当的方法将电流互感器
固定。
Current transformer installation
Please backout the outer surface of current transformer, suspend the current
transformer with rope on 3 spots without stow-wood, put the current transformers into
the sleeve in the light of negative polarity(the letter P1 on the upside of CT as its
nameplate stands upright),set the current transformer with its secondary lead on the
same direction as the secondary lead box, and finally fix the current transformers.

4.2接线及检查
将电流互感器的二次接线端子正确、牢固地接在二次出线板的接线柱上,并标明出线标志,
接线完毕后应做极性和变比检查。对于小变比(100/5A以下)电流互感器变比检验用电流法
测量可能误差较大,推荐采用校验仪检验。
Lead junction and examination
Secondary leads should be connected firmly with secondary terminals marked. Current
ratio and polarity examination tests are carried out after secondary lead connection.
For the current transformer with small current ratio(less than 100/5A), checkout
instrument should be suggested to test current ratio as error of current measurement
method.

5.注意事项
电流互感器的铁芯材料为硅钢片及合金等磁性材料,猛烈的敲打及撞击会对磁性能产生很大
的影响,因此,严禁搬运时将互感器在地上滚动,装配固定时严禁猛烈敲打电流互感器。
Notice
Knocking and impacting violently the core of current transformer may possibly
influence greatly magnetic performance because the core is made of silicon steel or
alloy. So, rolling or impacting the current transformer is forbidden.

6.包装和储存
电流互感器用薄膜塑料袋密封包装后装入木箱中,木箱具有足够的机械强度,可保证电流互
感器在运输中不受损伤;产品应放置在干燥通风处储存。
Packaging and storing
Please pack current transformer with plastic film bag and put them into wooden box
which should be strong enough to be able to protect current transformer from being
damaged. In addition, they should be stored at dry and ventilative place.

7.订货须知
订货时请提出产品型号、电流比、额定负荷、准确级、外形尺寸等要求,有特殊要求时在
订货时提供技术协议。
Notice for subscribing product
The requirments for type,current ratio,rated load,accuracy class and outline
dimension of current transformer should be given when subscribing products. A technical
agreement for subscribing will be supplied for special request.
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.10 Cooling Control


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Radiators
Position in the dimension AC600
drawing:
Manufacturer: Shenyang tiantong
Type: PC1800-19/520
Assembly and operating Directions for finned radiator for
instructions: transformer

WARNING
Before connection or manipulation at the contacts (terminals), verify voltage freeness on
all sides and all pins

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–9


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Operating Manual
Technical instruction / Radiator valves / Welding neck type / Metal sealed

The efficient and reliable sealing system!

Welding Neck - Type A Welding Neck - Type N1610

Doc-Nr.: Operating manual 42560 A | Created: 07.09.2017 | Revised: 07.09.2017 | Language: ENG 1/4
1. Welding & Painting
All butterfly valve types are delivered in tested and closed condition.
RIGHT: Closed and
To gain maximum tightness we produce our valves with very small protected valve
tolerances between flapper and valve housing.
To remain its function please always handle the butterfly
valve as further described.

Do always remain the valve in protected


and closed condition until all work on the WRONG: Opened
transformer tank is completed (welding, clap
sand blasting, painting, etc.).

2. Protecting the Valve


Welding Types (Type A and Type N1610)

In case the butterfly valve will be welded onto the transformer tank
it is absolutely necessary to keep the sealing surface between flap
and housing clean. No welding debris should get in contact with the
sealing surface.
In order not to damage the O-rings used, the setting device has to
be removed before welding. The 1“ thread has to be protected with a
screw plug.

Therefore, the inside of the butterfly valve


and the flap have to be covered with a
form-fit shield while welding, sand blasting,
painting and other activities.

© Albert Maier GmbH I Armaturen für Transformatoren | www.maier-armaturen.de

Doc-Nr.: Operating manual 42560 A | Created: 07.09.2017 | Revised: 07.09.2017 | Language: ENG 2/4
3. The Setting Device
The Setting Device consists basically in all different versions of a thrust member Thrust Screw Thrust Member
O-ring 23
(inner brass part) and a thrust screw (hexagon brass screw). The thrust screw O-Ring 24
Flat Gasket
presses the inner thrust member to assure tightness at the area of the spindle.

This means that the valve can‘t be operated without loosening the thrust screw.
In case the valve should be welded the device has to be dismounted for welding
process to protect sealing materials. The thread has to be protected.

3.1 Remount the setting device

Remount the setting device. Place the flat gasket around the spindle then mount the thrust member in correct
direction, then assemble small O-ring, brass screw and large outer O-ring as shown in drawing.
Loose the outer thrust screw with the 36 mm spanner about 90° counterclockwise in order to ease pressure on
the inner thrust member. (tightening torque SW36: 15 Nm)

3.2 Open the radiator valve

Open the valve counterclockwise using the 17 mm spanner at the thrust member until its final position.
(tightening torque when closing SW17: 70 Nm) Retighten the outer thrust screw clockwise using the 36 mm span-
ner while holding the flap with the 17 mm spanner in position Tighten the thrust screw with a maximum of 50
Nm to remain the flap in its position. (tightening torque SW36: 50 Nm)

© Albert Maier GmbH I Armaturen für Transformatoren | www.maier-armaturen.de

Doc-Nr.: Operating manual 42560 A | Created: 07.09.2017 | Revised: 07.09.2017 | Language: ENG 3/4
Albert MAIER GmbH
Armaturen für Transformatoren
Industriestr. 19
71263 Weil der Stadt

Tel.: +49 70 33 369 4100


Fax: +49 70 33 369 4109
E-Mail: info@maier-armaturen.de
www.maier-accessories.com

© Albert Maier GmbH I Armaturen für Transformatoren | www.maier-armaturen.de

Doc-Nr.: Operating manual 42560 A | Created: 07.09.2017 | Revised: 07.09.2017 | Language: ENG 4/4
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.11 Buchholz Relay (OIL MONITORING)


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension CF050
drawing:
Manufacturer: EMB
Type: 26(BF80/10/8)
Operating instructions: Operating instructions for
Transformer protection Relay

Gas Sampler
Position in the dimension /
drawing:
Manufacturer: EMB
Type: ZG 1.2.
Operating instructions: Operating instructions for Gas
Sampler

ATTENTION
For the contact types of the protective and monitoring devices, please see the circuit
diagram.

WARNING
For inspection of the Buchholz relay, you may require access to areas of the transformer
that pose a danger of falling (use of ladders or other aids).
Such work must only be performed by accordingly trained persons.
Before connection or manipulation at the contacts, verify voltage freeness on all sides
and all pins.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–10


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Elektromotoren und
Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Transformer Protection Relays


(Buchholz Principle)
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Table of contents
page

Company history 4

1 Preface 5

2 Design features 6

3 Function 8
3.1 Gas accumulation 8
3.2 Insulating liquid loss 9
3.3 Insulating liquid flow 9

4 Tests 10

5 Type list of single-float Buchholz relays 11


5.1 Single-float Buchholz relays with threaded connection 11
5.2 Single-float Buchholz relays with flanged connection 11
5.3 Single-float Buchholz relays with flat flanged connection 12

6 Switching system design options for single-float Buchholz relays  13

7 Type list of double-float Buchholz relays 14


7.1 Double-float Buchholz relays with threaded connection 14
7.2 Double-float Buchholz relays with flanged connection (round) 15
7.3 Double-float Buchholz relays with flat flanged connection (round) 17
7.4 Double-float Buchholz relays with flanged connection (square) 18
7.5 Double-float Buchholz relays with geometrical flange dimensions
according to Chinese norm  18
7.6 Double-float Buchholz relays with geometrical flange dimensions
according to former French norm 19
7.7 Double-float Buchholz relays with geometrical flange dimensions
according to former British standard 20

8 Switching system design options for double-float Buchholz relays  21

2
page

9 Technical data 26

10 Options/Special designs 27
10.1 Explanations to code 17 A 29
10.2 Explanations to codes 23 and 24  29
10.3 Explanations to code 32 30

11 Explanations to code 60 - Buchholz relay NM series 31


11.1 Design features of Buchholz relay NM series 31
11.2 Extra function of Buchholz relay NM series 31
11.3 Analogue measuring unit - Analogue measurement of gas volume 32

12 Ordering data/Type code 33


12.1 Single-float Buchholz relays 33
12.2 Double-float Buchholz relays 34
12.3 Ordering example 35

13 Additional devices for Buchholz relays 36


13.1 Gas sampling device ZG 1.2. 36
13.2 Other additional devices for Buchholz relays 39

14 Other protection devices 41

15 Breathing Buffer Box 43

3
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Company history
Since its foundation the company has passed through an eventful history with regard to ownership,
affiliation and change of name associated with such development.

1863 Foundation of the company as sugar factory


1921 Development of Buchholz relay by Max Buchholz
1943 Branch of SIEMENS Magdeburg
1948 VEB Elektromotorenwerk Barleben; VEM
(state-owned firm)
1951 VEB Starkstromanlagenbau Magdeburg
(state-owned firm)
1951 Start of manufacture of Buchholz relays in Barleben
1965 Start of manufacture of monitoring relays for tap changers in Barleben
1970 VEB Elektrotechnik und Gerätebau Magdeburg; EGEM
(state-owned firm)
1980 VEB Kombinat Elektromaschinenbau Dresden
VEB Elektromotorenwerk Barleben; VEM; ELMO
(state-owned firm)
1990 VEM Antriebstechnik AG Dresden
Elektromotorenwerk Barleben GmbH; VEM; ELMO
(public limited company)
1993 Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH; EMB
(privately owned company)
2005 Start of manufacture of Buchholz relays NM series
2009 New premises in Barleben

Figure 1 - EMB company building

4
1 Preface

More than 1.5 million relays

have been sold worldwide in 60 years!

The Buchholz relay was developed in 1921 by Max Buchholz, Oberrat (senior councillor) at Preu-
ßische Elektrizitäts-A.G. (Prussian electricity company) in Kassel. Since that time it has been an
important protection and monitoring device for insulating liquid filled transformers with conservator
and choke coils. It also allows separate monitoring of oil-filled bushings or cable terminal boxes. It is
mounted in the cooling cycle of the device to be protected and responds to faults such as gas gene-
ration, loss of as well as high flow rates of the insulating liquid.

For transformers with hermetical closure by means of a hydro-type compensator (rubber sack) in the
conservator, the Buchholz relay can be used also a monitoring device (air cell failure relay) of the
hydro-type compensator.

The Buchholz relay is suitable for open-air as well as indoor installations.

The type diversity of the Buchholz relay is tailored to norms and standards as well as to special
customer demands. The type of relay to be used depends on the nominal rating and construction
features of the device to be protected. Our range of products permits optimum adaptation to actual
requirements.

Elektromotoren und Gerätebau GmbH (EMB GmbH) provides more than 60 years experience in pro-
ducing Buchholz relays and other protective devices for liquid-cooled and liquid-insulated devices. It
ranks today among the most distinguished manufacturers of this type of equipment.

EMB Buchholz relays are in compliance with DIN EN 50216-2 and are known for their easy operati-
on, high reliability and extremely long life.

Our staff of highly qualified engineers and experienced skilled workers do their best to guarantee
top-quality high-precision products. The casings are machined on modern CNC-controlled machi-
nes. All products are subjected to final inspection when all functions are checked using special test
equipment.

Profound experience and expertise in this special area are a sound basis for high product quality.
Extensive references from reputed transformer manufacturers as well as other users are proof of the
high qualitative level of the products.

EMB has been certified according to: DIN EN ISO 9001/2008, AEO F, Known Consignor (Airfreight
Security) and EAC. Further certifications have been awarded by well-known independent test labo-
ratories such as TÜVRheinland and TZO.

Figure 2 - Certificates

5
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

2 Design features

Casing

The casing is made of weather-resistant cast aluminium alloy provided with a paint coat. It is sup-
plied either with flanged (Fig. 3/ Number 1) or screwed connection (Fig. 4/1). The different casing
designs available are shown in Section 5 for single-float Buchholz relays and Section 7 for double-
float Buchholz relays, others are available on request.

To check the switching system for proper function, the casing is provided with sightglasses (Fig. 4/2).
The sightglasses provided with scales permit reading of collected gas volume.

The relays can be provided with hinged lids (Fig. 3/2) to protect the sightglasses.

Figure 3 - Casing with flanged connection

Figure 4 - Casing with threaded connection

6
Cover

The cover is made of weather-resistant cast aluminium alloy provided with a paint coat.
The upper section of the cover accommodates the terminal box (Fig. 5 and 6/1). In front of the termi-
nal box are arranged the bleeding valve (Fig. 5 and 6/2) and the test key covered by a cap nut (Fig.
5 and 6/3) as well as a plate (Fig. 5 and 6/4) with instructions for actuating the test key. The terminal
box accommodates the earth terminal (Fig. 5 and 6/5) and bushings (Fig. 5 and 6/6) for the termi-
nals provided in the base of the cover. The number of these bushings determines the design of the
switching systems in terms of type and quantity of the magnet contact tubes.

The terminal box is sealed by an cap (Fig. 5 and 6/7) so that it is safe to touch and protected against
pollution. If the cap is opened the graphic symbol and the connection diagram (Fig. 5 and 6/8) are
shown. The cable can be inserted through the cable gland (Fig. 5 and 6/9).

5
9

6
1

3
2

Figure 5 - Cover with cap removed, Buchholz relay Figure 6 - Cover with cap removed, Buchholz relay
with five magnet contact tubes with up to four magnet contact tubes

7
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

3 Function
The Buchholz relay is installed in the pipe between the tank of the device to be protected (trans-
former, reactor) and the conservator. During normal operation it is filled completely with insulating
liquid.

Due to buoyancy the float of the single-float relay and both floats of the double-float relay are at their
top position.

The upper and lower switching systems form a functional unit in the single-float Buchholz relay so
that in the event of a fault the transformer is immediately disconnected from the power system.

In the following the function of a Buchholz relay is explained using the example of a double-float
Buchholz relay. If a fault occurs inside the transformer, the Buchholz relay responds as follows:

3.1 Gas accumulation (Figure 7)

Fault: Free gas is available in the insulating liquid.

Response: The gas in the liquid moves upwards, accumulates in the Buchholz relay and displaces
the insulating liquid level. As the liquid level falls, the upper float moves downwards.

The moving float actuates a switch contact (magnet contact tube). An alarm signal is tripped.

The lower float is not affected as from a certain gas volume the gas flows through a piping to the
conservator.

Gas
Gas

Oil
Öl

Figure 7 - Gas accumulation

8
3.2 Insulating liquid loss (Figure 8)

Fault: Insulating liquid loss due to leakage.

Response: As the liquid level falls the top float moves downwards. An alarm is tripped. If the liquid
loss continues, conservator and piping as well as the Buchholz relay will be emptied.

As the liquid level falls, the lower float moves downwards. The moving float actuates a switch contact
so that the transformer is disconnected.

Air
Luft

Oil
Öl

Figure 8 - Insulating liquid loss

3.3 Insulating liquid flow (Figure 9)

Fault: A spontaneous incident generates a pressure wave moving in the direction of the conservator.

Response: The liquid flow reaches the damper arranged in the liquid flow. If the flow rate exceeds
the operating value of the damper, the latter moves in flow direction.

Due to this movement a switch contact is actuated so that the transformer is disconnected.

After release of the pressure wave the lower switching system returns to its starting position.

Buchholz relays manufactured by EMB are equipped with a damper held by a permanent magnet.

Oil
Öl

Figure 9 - Insulating liquid flow

9
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

4 Tests
Each Buchholz relay is provided with a works-number that is specified on
the test certificate and the name plate. The tests carried out on the Buch-
holz relay are recorded in the test certificate.

- Dielectric strength test


- Leakage test
- Functional test
- Flow test.

Buchholz relays are delivered in cardboard boxes.


For each relay delivered the following documents
in the language agreed are provided:
- Operating instructions
- Test certificate.

Note: Flange gaskets are not included in the scope of delivery!

The name plate covers the following information:

date of manufacture
Type (week/year)
type code

works-no. switching IP code


6 digits element
S = normally-open
Ö = normally-closed
W = change-over

Figure 10 - Functional and leakage test Figure 11 - Flow test

10
5 Type list of single-float Buchholz relays
5.1 Single-float Buchholz relays with threaded connection

Pipe Weight
Type Flange dimensions Device dimensions Suited for
diameter without
Internal description Type of connection (mm) (mm) transformer
DN (mm) packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

01 Threaded
(AG 25) connection 25 - - - - 16 185 170 62 3,1 ≤1600 KVA
(CG 25) G 1½ “

Figure 12 - Dimensional drawing, type 01

5.2 Single-float Buchholz relays with flanged connection


Pipe
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Weight
Type diameter Suited for
(mm) (mm) without
Internal description Type of connection DN (mm) transformer
packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

02
Flange
(AF 25/6) 4-hole 25 100 75 60 12 12 185 195 62 3,6 ≤1600 KVA
(-)

03
Flange
(AF 25/10) 4-hole 25 115 85 68 14 16 200 205 62 4,0 ≤1600 KVA
(-)

25
Flange
(AF 25) 4-hole 25 100 75 - 12 15 160 195 62 3,3 ≤1600 KVA
(-)

Figure 13 - Dimensional drawing, type 02, 03

11
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Figure 14 - Dimensional drawing, type 25

5.3 Single-float Buchholz relays with flat flanged connection

Pipe
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Weight
Type diameter Suited for
(mm) (mm) without
Internal description Type of connection DN (mm) transformer
packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

30
Flange
(AF 25/10 G) 4-hole 25 115 85 - 14 16 200 205 62 4 ≤1600 KVA
(-)

170
80
h1
h2

R8
0
d5

f d1
l
d3
d2

Figure 15 - Dimensional drawing, type 30

12
6 Switching system design options for single-float Buchholz relays
Magnet contact tubes are used as switching elements. These are normally-open (NO), normally-
closed (NC) and change-over (CO) contacts. The magnet contact tube design can be derived from
the last digit of the type code. For coding, see Ordering data/Type code under Section 12.1.

...1 ...2 ...3 ...4 ...5 ...6


1 NO and
1 NO 1 NC 2 NO 2 NC 1 CO
1 NC

13 11 13 23 11 21 13 11 1

14 12 14 24 12 22 14 12 2 4

...7 ...8 ...9


2 CO 1 NO and 1 CO 1 NC and 1 CO
21 11 23 11 21 11

22 24 12 14 24 12 14 22 12 14

Explanation of symbols: Example: coding „ ... 6 “


Magnet contact tube(s) design
1

Graphic symbol with terminal marking


1 CO
2 4

Connection diagram in terminal box

The inner side of the cap accommodates a plate with the graphic symbol and the connection
diagram. The schemes show the switching systems in their neutral position. The neutral po-
sition is the operating condition when the Buchholz relay is filled with insulating liquid up the
required level and the device to be protected operates without any fault.

13
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

7 Type list of double-float Buchholz relays


7.1 Double-float Buchholz relays with threaded connection

Pipe
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Weight
Type diameter Suited for
(mm) (mm) without
Internal description Type of connection DN (mm) transformer
packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

04 Threaded
(BG 25) connection 25 - - - - 16 185 235 90 4,2 ≤5000 KVA
(DG 25) G 1½ “

21 Threaded
(BG 25 S) connection 25 - - - - 16 185 235 90 3,6 ≤5000 KVA
(-) G 1½ “

Figure 16 - Dimensional drawing, type 04

Figure 17 - Dimensional drawing, type 21

14
7.2 Double-float Buchholz relays with flanged connection (round)
Pipe
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Weight
Type diameter Suited for
(mm) (mm) without
Internal description Type of connection DN (mm) transformer
packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

05
Flange
(BF 25/6) 4-hole 25 100 75 60 12 12 185 235 90 4,4 ≤5000 KVA
(-)

06
Flange
(BF 25/10) 4-hole 25 115 85 68 14 18 200 235 90 4,8 ≤5000 KVA
(DR 25)

07
Flange ≥5000 KVA
(BF 50/6) 4-hole 50 140 110 90 14 12 185 235 80 4,6
≤10000 KVA
(-)

08
Flange ≥5000 KVA
(BF 50/10) 4-hole 50 165 125 102 18 16 195 250 80 5,9
≤10000 KVA
(DR 50)

09
Flange
(BF 80/10) 4-hole 80 200 160 138 18 15 195 265 80 6,2 ≥10000 KVA
(-)

24
Flange
(BF 80/6) 4-hole 80 190 150 130 18 15 195 260 80 6,0 ≥10000 KVA
(-)

Figure 18 - Dimensional drawing, type 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 24

15
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Pipe Weight
Type Flange dimensions Device dimensions Suited for
diameter without
Internal description Type of connection (mm) (mm) transformer
DN (mm) packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

23
Flange
(BF 25/10 S) 4-hole 25 115 85 68 14 18 200 235 90 4,4 ≤5000 KVA
(-)

Figure 19 - Dimensional drawing, type 23

Pipe Weight
Type Flange dimensions Device dimensions Suited for
diameter without
Internal description Type of connection (mm) (mm) transformer
DN (mm) packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

26
Flange 18
(BF80/10/8) 8-hole 80 200 160 138
M16
15 195 265 80 6,2 ≥10000 KVA
(DR 80)

Figure 20 - Dimensional drawing, type 26

16
7.3 Double-float Buchholz relays with flat flanged connection (round)
Pipe
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Weight
Type diameter Suited for
(mm) (mm) without
Internal description Type of connection DN (mm) transformer
packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

28
Flange
(BF 80/10 G) 4-hole 80 200 160 - 18 18 195 265 80 6,2 ≤10000 KVA
(-)

31
Flange
(BF 25/10 G) 4-hole 25 115 85 - 14 20 200 235 90 4,8 ≤5000 KVA
(DR 25)

170
80
h1

d5
h2

R1
43

f d1
l d3
d2

Figure 21 - Dimensional drawing, type 28, 31

Pipe
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Weight
Type diameter Suited for
(mm) (mm) without
Internal description Type of connection DN (mm) transformer
packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

27
Flange
(BF 80/10/8 G) 8-hole 80 200 160 - 18 18 195 265 80 6,2 ≤10000 KVA
(DR 80

170
80

M16
d5
h1

R
h2

14
3

f d1
l d3
d2

Figure 22 - Dimensional drawing, type 27

17
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

7.4 Double-float Buchholz relays with flanged connection (square)


Pipe Weight
Type Flange dimensions Device dimensions Suited for
diameter without
Internal description Type of connection (mm) (mm) transformer
DN (mm) packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 b d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

10 Flange
(BF 80/Q) square 80 125 132 - 18 20 200 235 80 5,0 ≥10000 KVA
(DQ 80) 4-hole

170
80

250
300
h1

350
h2

3
cm

d3 R1
43
b

d5

d1
f
l
b

Figure 23 - Dimensional drawing, type 10

7.5 Double-float Buchholz relays with geometrical flange dimensions


according to Chinese norm
Suitable for connection to Chinese butterfly valves (square flange). Other types on request.
Pipe Weight
Type Flange dimensions Device dimensions Suited for
diameter without
Internal description Type of connection (mm) (mm) transformer
DN (mm) packing
DIN description ratings of
d1 b d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

62 Flange
≥5000 KVA
(BC 50) square 50 125 125 - 14 15 185 230 80 5,0
≤10000 KVA
(QJ 50) 4-hole

63 Flange
(BC 80) square 80 160 160 - 18 15 185 245 80 5,0 ≥10000 KVA
(QJ 80) 4-hole

170
80

250
300
350
h1

h2

R1
cm
3 43
d3
b

d5

f
d1
l
b

Figure 24 - Dimensional drawing, type 62, 63


18
7.6 Double-float Buchholz relays with geometrical flange dimensions
according to former French norm

Pipe Weight
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Suited for
Type diameter without
Type of connection (mm) (mm) transformer
Internal description DN (mm) packing
ratings of
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

41 Flange
(NF 25) 4-hole 25 115 85 - 14 8 240 235 90 4,2 ≤5000 KVA

42 Flange ≥5000 KVA


(NF 50) 4-hole 50 165 125 - 18 15 240 250 80 5,1
≤10000 KVA

43 Flange
(NF 80) 4-hole 80 200 160 - 18 15 240 265 80 5,5 ≥10000 KVA

Figure 25 - Dimensional drawing, type 41, 42, 43

19
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

7.7 Double-float Buchholz relays with geometrical flange dimensions


according to former British standard

Pipe Weight
Flange dimensions Device dimensions Suited for
Type diameter without
Type of connection (mm, in) (mm) transformer
Internal description DN (mm) packing
ratings of
d1 b/d2 d3 d4 d5 f l h1 h2 (kg)

Flange
51 76 72 - M10 - 127 235 90
(BS 25)
square 25 2,99 2,83 - M10 - 5 9,25 3,54
3,7 ≤ 5000 KVA
4-hole

Flange
52 140 110 - 12 12 185 235 80 ≥5000 KVA
(BS 50)
round 50 5,51 4,33 - 0,47 0,47 7,28 9,25 3,15
4,8
≤10000 KVA
6-hole

Flange
53 160 130 - 12 13 185 240 80
(BS 80)
round 80 6,30 5,12 - 0,47 0,51 7,28 9,45 3,15
5,0 ≥10000 KVA
6-hole

150
80

250
300
h1

350
h2

90

3
°

cm
d5
b

d1
l d3
b

Figure 26 - Dimensional drawing, type 51

170
80

250
300
350
h1

h2

R1
cm
3
43
d5

f d1

l d3

d2

Figure 27 - Dimensional drawing, type 52, 53

20
8 Switching system design options for double-float Buchholz relays

Magnet contact tubes are used as switching elements. These are normally-open (NO), normally-
closed (NC) and change-over (CO) contacts. The magnet contact tube design can be derived from
the last two digits of the type code. For coding, see Ordering data/Type code under Section 12.2.

...11 BS 25...11 ...12 ...13 ...14


Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO

13 13 13 13 13

14 14 14 14 14

Disconnection Disconnection Disconnectiong Disconnection Disconnection


1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 2 NO 2 NC

23 23 11 23 33 11 21

24 24 12 24 34 12 22

...15 ...16 ...17 ...19 ...21


Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NC

13 23 13 13 11

14 24 14 14 12

Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection


1 NO and
1 CO 2 CO 3 NO 1 NO
1 NC

23 11 11 13
21 31 23 33 43

22 24 32 34 24 34 44
24 12 12 14 14

21
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

...22 ...23 ...24 ...25 ...26


Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC

11 11 11 11 21

12 12 12 12 22

Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection


1 NO and
1 NC 2 NO 2 NC 1 CO
1 NC

21 13 23 21 31 13 21 11

22 14 24 22 32 14 22 12 14

...27 ...31 ...32 ...33 ...34


Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
1 NC 1 CO 1 CO 1 CO 1 CO

11 21 21 21 21

12 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 24

Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection


2 CO 1 NO 1 NC 2 NO 2 NC

13 11 33 43 31 41
21 31

22 24 32 34
14 12 34 44 32 42

22
...35 ...36 ... 37 ...41 ...42
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
1 CO 1 CO 1 CO 2 NO 2 NO

21 21 21 13 23 13 23

22 24 22 24 22 24 14 24 14 24

Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection


1 NO and
1 CO 2 CO 1 NO 1 NC
1 NC

13 11 11 33 11

14 12 12 14 34 12

14 13 34 33

...43 ...44 ...45 ...46 ...49


Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO
13 23 13 23 13 23 23 33 13 23

14 24 14 24 14 24 24 34 14 24

Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection


1 NO and
2 NO 2 NC 1 CO 3 NO
1 NC

33 43 11 21 33 11 11

12 22 34 12 12 14
34 44

23
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

...51 ...52 ...53 ...54 ...55


Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
1 NC and 1 NC and 1 NC and 1 NC and 1 NC and
1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO
11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13

12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14

Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection Disconnection


1 NC and
1 NO 1 NC 2 NO 2 NC
1 NO

23 21 23 33 21 31 21 23

24 22 24 34 22 32 22 24

...56 ...77
Alarm Alarm
1 NC and
2 CO
1 NO
21 23

22 24

Disconnection Disconnection
1 CO 2 CO

11

12 14

24
Explanation of symbols: Example: coding „ ...1 2 “
Magnet contact tube(s) design
Upper switching system - Alarm
Lower switching system - Disconnection
13
Alarm
1 NO
14
Graphic symbol with terminal marking
11
Disconnection
1 NC
12

Connection diagram in terminal box

The inner side of the cap accommodates a plate with the graphic symbol and the connection
diagram. The schemes show the switching systems in their neutral position. The neutral po-
sition is the operating condition when the Buchholz relay is filled with insulating liquid up the
required level and the device to be protected operates without any fault.

25
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

9 Technical data
The technical data listed in table named below are applicable to all Buchholz relays in standard ver-
sion manufactured by EMB. EMB Buchholz relays are in compliance with DIN EN 50216-2.
Parameter Data Notes
Voltage AC 5 V - max. 250 V
DC 5 V - max. 250 V
Current AC 0.01 A - max. 6 A Cos φ > 0,5
DC 0.01 A - max. 6 A L/R < 40 ms
Switching capacity AC max. 1500 VA
DC max. 1250 W
Dielectric strength AC 2500 V Between electric circuit and earth
AC 2000 V (normally-open contact, Between open contacts
normally-closed contact)
AC 1000 V (change-over contact)
Temperature range:
- Ambient temperature - 40 °C to + 55 °C Climatic testing acc. to
- 40 °F to + 131 °F DIN EN 60068-2-78: 2002-09
- Operating range
* Temperature of the insulating liquid - 40 °C to + 115 °C Others on request
- 40 °F to + 239 °F

Till + 135 °C requires type code 21

* Viscosity of the insulating liquid 1 mm2/s to 1100 mm2/s


Insulating liquid Mineral oil Others on request
Resistance against vibration Vibration: 2-200 Hz, 1 g Acc. to class 4M6 following
Shock: 25 g, 6 ms DIN EN 60721-3-4
Resistance to pressure 0.25 MPa
Resistance to vacuum < 2.5 kPa
Insensitivity to magnetic fields 25 mT Static magnetic field of any
direction and polarity
Switching system:
- Number of switching contacts 1 More on request
- Switching element Magnet contact tube
- Damper Held by magnets

Response time of damper < 0.1 s


Response of switching system in
case of:
- Gas accumulation 200 cm3 to 300 cm3 Others on request

- Insulating liquid flow


Pipe diameter DN of Min. 0.65 to max. 3.00 m/s For possible data see Ordering
25 mm, 50 mm or 80 mm ± 15% data/Type code under Section 12
on pages 28 and 29.
Others on request
Cable gland M20x1.5; M25x1.5 Others on request
Nominal installation position 0° to 5° Ascending towards conservator
IP code IP 56 Others on request
Casing colour Two-component texture paint On polyurethane basis
Options available are specified in tables of Section 10. These special designs are coded using the
respective code when ordering Buchholz relays.
More options on request available.

26
10 Options/Special designs

Cable gland *
Explanation Code
M20x1,5: 1 cable gland and 1 dummy plug 1
M25x1,5: 1 cable gland and 1 dummy plug 2
M20x1,5: 2 cable glands 3
M20x1,5: 2 cable glands plus 1 additional dummy plug 3B
M25x1,5: 2 cable glands 4
M25x1,5: 2 cable glands plus 1 additional dummy plug 4B
M20x1,5: 1 Harting connector and 1 dummy plug 5
1/2“ NPT: 1 cable gland and 1 dummy plug 6
1/2“ NPT: 2 cable glands 7
Cable gland: Special request 9
Buchholz relay NM series
Buchholz relay with analogue measurement of the gas volume
(only double-float Buchholz relays, Note: Explanations to code 60) 60
Casing colour *
Casing colour RAL 9006 (white-aluminium) 40
Casing colour RAL 7001 (silver-grey) 41
Casing colour RAL 7012 (basalt-grey) 42
Casing colour RAL 7022 (umber-grey) 43
Casing colour RAL 7033 (cement-grey) 44
Casing colour RAL 7038 (agate-grey) 45
Casing colour RAL 7035 (light-grey) 46
Casing colour RAL 7016 (anthracite-grey) 47
Casing colour RAL 9002 (grey-white) 48
Casing colour RAL 7032 (siliceous-grey) 49
Climate-proof version/IP code
Climate-proof version for extreme frigid open-air conditions below - 40 °C 34
Climate-proof version for Offshore 36
Climate-proof version for aggressive industrial atmosphere 36B
IP code 66 39
Insulating liquid
Insulating liquid silicone oil 20
Insulating liquid based on ester 21
Casing
Metal plate 15
With oil drain plug (only double-float Buchholz relays) 28
With premounted Harting connector
(The option is indicated by a letter after the code.
For further information, please ask for special reference material.) 59

* Mandatory order data, for other mandatory data see Section 12.

27
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Switching system
Upper switching system equipped with two magnet contact tubes 35
Lower switching system equipped with two magnet contact tubes 25
Upper and lower switching system each equipped with two magnet contact tubes 33
Lower switching system equipped with three magnet contact tubes 99
Upper switching system equipped with two magnet contact tubes,
Lower switching system equipped with three magnet contact tubes 55
Two-level gas alarm system (Note: Explanations to code 17A) 17A
Testing of the switching systems by means of compressed-air and test key
(only double-float Buchholz relays, Note: Explanations to code 32) 32
Damper held in response position (only double-float Buchholz relays,
Note: Explanations to codes 23 and 24) 23
Special design approved by RWE, Germany (only double-float Buchholz relays,
Note: Explanations to codes 23 and 24) 24
Special design approved by E.ON, Germany (only double-float Buchholz relays,
Note: Explanations to codes 23 and 24) 24B
Solid floats (Insulating liquid flow max. 1,50 m/s ± 15%) 16
Alarm for gas accumulation between 250 and 300 cm³ 18
Special request
Special request (on special agreement with customer) 29

For engineering reasons the following special designs cannot be combined in the same device:

Code combination Code combination Code combination


60 - 32 32 - 17A 35 - 23, 24, 24B
60 - 34 32 - 23, 24, 24B
32 - 55 55 - 23, 24, 24B
32 - 99
99 - 23, 24, 24B

28
10.1 Explanations to code 17 A

Gases formed in the transformer rise to the conservator. In this way gases are collected in the Buch-
holz relay. When a certain volume is reached, the gases generate an alarm signal.

With the two-level alarm system the initial alarm signal is generated at a gas volume of 100-200 cm³,
and the second alarm signal at a gas volume of 250-300 cm³. This special design allows a gas sam-
ple to be taken for fault analysis already when the initial warning signal is received.

10.2 Explanations to codes 23 and 24

Buchholz relays with the feature „damper held in response position“ are designed such that the dam-
per after it was operated due to an unacceptable high flow rate of the insulating liquid is locked in its
position and, hence is kept in this position even after the flow rate has been reduced. This means
that the signal generated is maintained.

The damper has to be unlocked manually by turning the test key anticlockwise. When unlocking
the damper, also check the insulating liquid level in the Buchholz relay. Bleed the Buchholz relay, if
required.

29
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

10.3 Explanations to code 32

For Buchholz relays provided additionally with an air nipple (code 32), the mechanical function of
the two switching systems can be tested by means of test key (Fig. 28/1), and the upper switching
system (alarm) can be tested by pumping in air via the bleeding valve (Fig. 28/2) using a suitable test
pump. Additionally, the switching systems can be tested pneumatically. To this end, air is supplied
via an air supply nipple (Fig. 28/3) provided with a check valve. Perform the test while the Buchholz
relay is filled with insulating liquid up to the required level.

Pneumatic test of the upper switching system (alarm) using compressed air:
Air is introduced slowly into the Buchholz relay through the air supply nipple and the pipe air until
the alarm contact is made when the upper float is lowered.

Pneumatic test of the lower switching system (disconnection) using compressed air:
Through the air supply nipple and the pipe air is applied suddenly to the damper. When the damper
responds the disconnection contact is made.

After any test using air, bleed the Buchholz relay through the bleeding valve.

This special design of EMB GmbH combines the requirement of functional testing using compressed
air according to the former British standard B.E.B.S. T2 of 1966 and of functional testing using the
test key according to the former German norm DIN 42566.

2 3 1

Figure 28 - Cover with additional air supply nipple

30
11 Explanations to code 60 - Buchholz relay NM series
11.1 Design features of Buchholz relay NM series

The principal construction of the Buchholz relay with floats and damper as well as their electro-
mechanical functions have been maintained.

The Buchholz relay of series NM is equipped additionally with a capacitive sensor. The sensor is
installed in the cover of the Buchholz relay. The cap of the terminal box accommodates the electronic
amplifier of the measuring unit. Sensor and amplifier are connected by a shielded cable in three-wire
technology with a cable connector. This cable is used for the supply voltage and the output signal.

Figure 29 shows the arrangement of the measuring unit using the example of a Buchholz relay
BF 80/10/8. Apart from the dust hood and the cap of the terminal box which are higher by approx.
40mm, the installation dimensions of the relay have not been changed. Hence, relays with analogue
measuring units can be installed in existing systems.

170
109

M16
80
291

R1
34
18
138
200

15 80
195
160

Figure 29 - Dimensional drawing Buchholz relay NM series type 26 (BF 80/10/8)

11.2 Extra function of Buchholz relay NM series

The standard Buchholz relay detects undissolved gases in the insulating liquid and indicates their
presence when a specified threshold is exceeded, meaning that up to a certain gas volume, no sig-
nal is generated. Neither is it possible to gather information about the length of time it takes for gas
to accumulate.

The process of the generation of unsolved gases in the insulating liquid over time is a very important
criterion for the evaluation of the fault as the quantity and composition of the fault gases depend on
the kind and quantity of the energy of the underlying fault. Spontaneous and energy-rich faults cause
large gas quantities within a short period of time, whilst small volumes of gas are generated in the
case of minor and insidious faults.

The Buchholz relay of NM series allows continuous and analogue gas volume measurement so that
gases which have accumulated in the relay are detected at an early stage, information about the
generation of the gases obtained and the conditions provided for the analysis of the fault at an early
stage.

31
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

The extra function of the NM series relays is ensured by a capacitive sensor and the appropriate
electronic components. Supply voltage of this assembly is DC 24 V. This voltage must be made
available by the user. The output signal of the measuring unit is a standard current signal of
DC 4 to 20 mA. It depends on the user how and in what form this signal is processed.

Extra function
Standard function
of the Buchholz
of the Buchholz relay
relay NM series

DC 5 V - max. 250 V
DC 24 V DC 0,01 A - max. 6 A

DC 4 - 20 mA

Monitoring- Conversion and Disconnection Alarm


system processing

Figure 30 - Extra function of Buchholz relay NM series

11.3 Analogue measuring unit - Analogue measurement of gas volume

The measured value is based on capacitance variation of the sensor caused by variation of the in-
sulating liquid level in the Buchholz relay.

Analogue measurement of the gas volume is possible between 50 cm3 and 300 cm3. Lower gas vo-
lumes cannot be measured reliably because of high inaccuracies. Measurements beyond this range
are not necessary as in this case the upper switching system will respond. Besides, the construction
of the Buchholz relay (larger gas volumes escape towards the conservator) does not allow such
measurements. The operating point of the upper switching system (upper float) is a gas volume
between 200 and 300 cm3.

Fault: Free gas is available in the insulating liquid.

Response: The gas in the liquid moves upwards, accumulates in the Buchholz relay and displaces
the insulating liquid. This decreases the level of insulating liquid. Liquid level changes lead to varia-
tion of the capacity of the sensor. This change is converted into an analogue current signal.

It should be noted that for design reasons the current value of the sensor remains relatively constant
up to a gas volume of approx. 50 cm3. The function equation will provide the actual volume only when
the current signal becomes smaller and, hence the calculated volume noticeably larger.

32
12 Ordering data/Type code
For placing orders, please, use the following key:

12.1 Single-float Buchholz relays

XX X. XX. XX. XX 0 X

Type
(see Section 5)

Options/Special designs
(see Section 10) ascending sequence

Damper setting (m/s)

01 = 0,65 ± 15%
02 = 1,00 ± 15%
03 = 1,50 ± 15%

0 = not occupied

Contact setting of
switching system
Legend:
1 = one NO contact NO = normally-open contact
2 = one NC contact NC = normally-closed contact
3 = two NO contacts CO = change-over contact
4 = two NC contacts
5 = one NO and one NC contact
6 = one CO contact
7 = two CO contacts For switching system design options for
8 = one NO and one CO contact single-float Buchholz relays see Section 6.
9 = one NC and one CO contact

33
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

12.2 Double-float Buchholz relays

XX X. XX. XX. XX X X

Type
(see Section 7)

Options/Special designs
(see Section 10) ascending sequence

Damper setting (m/s)


01 = 0,65 ± 15% 11 = 1,20 ± 15%
02 = 1,00 ± 15% 13 = 1,30 ± 15%
03 = 1,50 ± 15% 14 = 1,40 ± 15%
04 = 2,00 ± 15% 15 = 1,80 ± 15%
05 = 2,50 ± 15%
06 = 3,00 ± 15% 08 = 5,00 ± 15%

Contact setting of
upper switching system
(Alarm)

1 = one NO contact
2 = one NC contact
3 = one CO contact
4 = two NO contacts
5 = one NC and one NO contact
7 = two CO contacts

Contact setting of
lower switching system
Legend:
(Disconnection)
NO = normally-open contact
1 = one NO contact NC = normally-closed contact
2 = one NC contact CO = change-over contact
3 = two NO contacts
4 = two NC contacts
5 = one NO and one NC contact
6 = one CO contact
7 = two CO contacts For switching system design options for
9 = three NO contacts double-float Buchholz relays see Section 8.

34
12.3 Ordering example

You need a double-float Buchholz relay of type 10 (BF 80/Q) with one cable gland of M20 x 1.5 and
one dummy plug. The damper should respond at a insulating liquid flow of 1.50 m/s. The upper swit-
ching system should be equipped with one switching element (magnet contact tube) and the lower
with two switching elements (magnet contact tubes). The upper switching element should be desig-
ned as one normally open contact, and the lower as two normally open contacts. The device should
be delivered in colour RAL 7033 and should have one oil drain plug. Based on the data on page 28
the relay ordered has the following

Type code: 10-1.25.28.44.-0313

Explanation: 10 = Double-float Buchholz relay type 10 (BF 80/Q)


1= M20x1,5: 1 cable gland and 1 dummy plug
25 = Lower switching system equipped with 2 magnet contact tubes
28 = With oil drain plug
44 = Casing colour RAL 7033 (cement-grey)
03 = Damper setting: 1.50 m/s ± 15 %
1= Contact setting of upper switching system: 1 NO
3= Contact setting of lower switching system: 2 NO

35
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

13 Additional devices for Buchholz relays


13.1 Gas sampling device ZG 1.2.

The gas sampling device is mounted on the transformer and connected to the Buchholz relay by
means of a pipe. It allows sampling of the relay gas at normal operating level and will be delivered
with sightglass cover.

The length of the pipe can be selected by the customer (see technical data of gas sampling device
ZG 1.2).

The device can be delivered with a lockable box.

Figure 31 - Gas sampling device ZG 1.2. Figure 32 - Gas sampling device ZG 1.2.
in lockable box

Figure 33 - Pipe of gas sampling device ZG 1.2. Figure 34 - Sightglass cover for
gas sampling device ZG 1.2.

36
Technical data of gas sampling device ZG 1.2.:

Parameter Data Notes


Gas outlet opening G 1/8“ Others on request
Oil outlet opening G 1/8“ Others on request
Temperature range:
- Ambient temperature - 40 °C to + 55 °C
- 40 °F to + 131 °F
- Operating range
* Temperature of the insulating liquid - 40 °C to + 115 °C Others on request
- 40 °F to + 239 °F

* Viscosity of the insulating liquid 1 mm2/s to 1100 mm2/s


Weight without piping 2,2 kg
Dimensions of pipe Ø 6x1 copper
Length of pipe max. 25 m As requested by customer
Casing colour Two-component texture paint On polyurethane basis

Figure 35 - Dimensional drawing, type ZG 1.2.

37
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Special designs of gas sampling device ZG 1.2.:

Casing colour
Explanation Code
Casing colour RAL 9006 (white-aluminium) 40
Casing colour RAL 7001 (silver-grey) 41
Casing colour RAL 7012 (basalt-grey) 42
Casing colour RAL 7022 (umber-grey) 43
Casing colour RAL 7033 (cement-grey) 44
Casing colour RAL 7038 (agate-grey) 45
Casing colour RAL 7035 (light-grey) 46
Casing colour RAL 7016 (anthracite-grey) 47
Casing colour RAL 9002 (grey-white) 48
Casing colour RAL 7032 (siliceous-grey) 49
Climate-proof version
Climate-proof version for extreme frigid open-air conditions below - 40 °C 34
Climate-proof version for Offshore 36
Climate-proof version for aggressive industrial atmosphere 36
Insulating liquid
Insulating liquid silicone oil 20
Insulating liquid based on ester 21
Special request
Special request (on special agreement with customer) 29
Box
Without box 0
With box 1

Ordering data/Type code of gas sampling device ZG 1.2.

90 XX. XX. X XX,XXm

Type for ZG 1.2.

Special designs (see above)

0 = Without box
1 = With box

Length of pipe in meters


Ordering example of gas sampling device ZG 1.2.:

Type code: 90-34.44.-0-10,50m

Explanation: 90 = Gas sampling device ZG 1.2.


34 = Climate-proof version for extreme frigid open-air conditions below - 40 °C
44 = Casing colour RAL 7033 (cement-grey)
0 = Without box
10,50m = Length of pipe 10,50 m

38
13.2 Other additional devices for Buchholz relays

Buchholz gas sampler BGS

The Buchholz gas sampler provides a safe method of taking and trans-
porting gas samples from the Buchholz relay or the gas sampling de-
vice. Its capacity is 100 ml.

Buchholz gas tester BGT 3

The Buchholz gas tester is used to measure the hydrogen concentrati-


on of the Buchholz gases. The measurement can be performed directly
where the sample is taken.

The Buchholz gas sampler BGS as a component of the Buchholz gas


tester BGT is included in the scope of supply.

Gas testing device ZG 3.1.

The gas testing device is used to test the gas accumulated in the Buch-
holz relay. It can be installed either directly on the bleeding valve of the
Buchholz relay or on the gas outlet tap of the gas sampling device. The
Buchholz gas flows through two different chemical solutions and its
colour reactions indicate the nature of the fault.

Use of the gas testing device is no substitute for a gas chromatographic


analysis.

Gas testing device ZG 3.2.

EMB’s ZG 3.2. gas tester serves to test the gases in the gas sampling
device ZG 1.2. or the Buchholz relay for the presence of carbon mono-
xide and hydrogen. The gases are analysed qualitatively.

The ZG 3.2. gas tester can be combined with EMB‘s Buchholz gas
sampler BGS. When using the BGS and introducing the defined gas
volume (100 ml), the residual gas volume in the Buchholz relay or in
the gas sampling device can be used for further analytical purposes.

For further information on the additional devices, please ask for special reference material.

39
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Reflux lock ZG 4.1.

The device prevents insulating liquid from flowing into the gas testing
device. The device is installed between the Buchholz relay or gas sam-
pling device and the gas testing device.

Test pump ZG 5.1. and ZG 5.2.

The test pump checks the functioning of the upper switching system
(alarm) of the Buchholz relay by pumping in air. The test can be perfor-
med directly on the Buchholz relay. For that purpose, the test pump is
connected to the bleeding valve of the Buchholz relay. When the test is
performed via the gas sampling device, the test pump is connected to
the gas outlet tap of the gas sampling device.

- ZG 5.1. manually operated


- ZG 5.2. pedal-operated

Oil sampling device ZG 6.1.

The oil sampling device is connected to the Buchholz relay via a pipe
and is used to take oil samples from the Buchholz relay (suitable for
use with Buchholz relays with an oil drain plug). The pipe is supplied to
the customer’s specifications.

For further information on the additional devices, please ask for special reference material.

40
14 Other protection devices

Monitoring relay for tap changers

Type 12 (ÜRF 25/10)


Type 15 (ÜRF 25)
Type 16 (ÜRF 25/10-26)

The monitoring relay for tap changers, also known as the protection
relay for tap changers or oil flow relay, is a monitoring device for in-
sulating liquid-filled tap changers with conservator. It protects the tap
changer and the transformer from damage. The monitoring relay re-
sponds to excessive oil flow in the direction of the conservator and
generates a signal disconnecting the tap changer and the transformer
immediately from voltage supply.

Pipe diameter DN: 25 mm (1“)


Type of connection: flanged

Buchholz Relay Type 22 (BB 25)


for use in rail vehicles

Pipe diameter DN: 25 mm (1“)


Type of connection: threaded

Other types of Buchholz Relays


for use in rail vehicles
Type 04 (BG 25)
Type 21 (BG 25 S)
Type 06 (BF 25/10)
Type 08 (BF 50/10) et.al.

For further information on the additional devices, please ask for special reference material.

41
Elektromotoren und Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Monitoring device for hydro-type compensator


(„air cell failure relay“)

Type 80 (CF 38)

This device monitors the hydro-type compensator (air sack) in the


expansion vessel.

Single-float Buchholz relays manufactured by EMB GmbH are also


used as air cell failure relays (see Section 5 and 6).

Pipe diameter DN: 38 mm


Type of connection: flanged

Oil Flow Indicator

Type 13 (SG 25)


Type 11 (SF 25)
Type 14 (SF 25/10)

The oil flow indicator is a protective relay monitoring the circulating


oil lubrication or cooling on machines and transformers. It indicates
faults in the circulating oil system and/or shuts the equipment down
to avoid damage.

The oil flow indicator operates at a very low service pressure and
can therefore be installed even in oil return pipes where the oil flow is
caused by the oil pipe gradient.

Pipe diameter DN: 25 mm (1“)


Type of connection: flanged or threaded

For further information on the additional devices, please ask for special reference material.

42
15 Breathing Buffer Box

Breathing buffer box G3B


to extend the life of transformers

Ageing of the transformer’s insulation system is accelerated by oxy-


gen dissolved in oil. With open-type transformers oxygen consumed
is replenished from the atmosphere. This longtime effect has negative
implications.

The breathing buffer box (G3B) inserted in the transformer’s brea-


thing line upstream of the dessicant layer is deemed to solve this
problem. This ensures hermetical sealing of the tr

For further information on the additional devices, please ask for special reference material.

43
Elektromotoren und
Gerätebau Barleben GmbH

Hamburg

EMB GmbH
Otto-von-Guericke-Allee 12
D-39179 Barleben | Germany Hannover
Barleben Berlin
Magdeburg

Phone: +49 39203 790


Fax: +49 39203 5330 Köln Leipzig

Email: info@emb-online.de
Frankfurt
Website: www.emb-online.de
www.buchholzrelay.com

München

Due to technical improvement of our products, the information contained in this catalogue is subject to change without notice. We would
like to apologize for printing errors which have not been found despite intensive proof-ready. We assume no liability for such errors. Thank
you for your understanding.

Edition: Catalogue Buchholz relays KA 01/02/15/02 English


9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.12 Contact Indicator Thermometer (OIL TEMPERATURE


INDICATOR)
Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Oil thermometer
Position in the dimension CT031
drawing:
Manufacturer: MESSKO
Type: MT-ST160F/4/8m
Operating instructions: Operating instructions for OIL
THERMOSTAT

Winding thermometer
Position in the dimension CT036
drawing:
Manufacturer: MESSKO
Type: MT-STW160F2/4/8m `
Operating instructions: Operating instructions for
WINDING THERMOSTAT

ATTENTION
For the contact types of the protective and monitoring devices, please see the circuit
diagram.

WARNING
Before connection or manipulation at the contacts (terminals), verify voltage freeness on
all sides and all pins.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–11


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
www.messko.com
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 0
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 98
www.messko.com
MESSKO® TRASY2 Type Series
Messko-Platz 1 E-mail: info@messko.com
D-61440 Oberursel, Germany Internet: www.messko.com Temperature Measuring Systems for Transformers

Modularity has a name – MESSKO® TRASY2

MESSKO® TRASY2 at a glance

• extremely long-lived and functionally reliable


• modular-type system
• Bourdon tube: precise and robust, without additional mechanical elements
• two redundant measuring points in combination with Combi well or
winding temperature sensor ZT-F2.1
• quick and easy gradient setting with fixed resistors (thermal image)
• ambient temperature compensation: no modification required –
not even for extreme environments
• possibility of several different output signals: Cu10, PT100, 4 … 20 mA
• in combination with the signal converter:
analog signals: 0 … 1 mA; 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA;
relay output;
digital signals: RS 485
• no need of readjustments and/or re-calibration

Important note: The information contained in all of our publications


may differ in detail from the actual equipment delivered.
We reserve the right to make changes without notice.
IN2057/02/01 EN • 01/13 • Art. no. MS99024301 • Printed in Germany • © Messko GmbH 2013
www.messko.com
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 0
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 98
www.messko.com
MESSKO® TRASY2 Type Series
Messko-Platz 1 E-mail: info@messko.com
D-61440 Oberursel, Germany Internet: www.messko.com Temperature Measuring Systems for Transformers

Modularity has a name – MESSKO® TRASY2

MESSKO® TRASY2 at a glance

• extremely long-lived and functionally reliable


• modular-type system
• Bourdon tube: precise and robust, without additional mechanical elements
• two redundant measuring points in combination with Combi well or
winding temperature sensor ZT-F2.1
• quick and easy gradient setting with fixed resistors (thermal image)
• ambient temperature compensation: no modification required –
not even for extreme environments
• possibility of several different output signals: Cu10, PT100, 4 … 20 mA
• in combination with the signal converter:
analog signals: 0 … 1 mA; 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA;
relay output;
digital signals: RS 485
• no need of readjustments and/or re-calibration

Important note: The information contained in all of our publications


may differ in detail from the actual equipment delivered.
We reserve the right to make changes without notice.
IN2057/02/01 EN • 01/13 • Art. no. MS99024301 • Printed in Germany • © Messko GmbH 2013
TRASY2 – the functional modular system for temperature measuring Pointer thermometer for oil and winding temperature MESSKO® TRASY2 – as flexible as the tasks it manages

Switching signal
Direct display
Transformer at the
transformer Self-sufficient and non-energy dependent pointer thermometer 3 Winding Temperature sensor ZT-F2.1 for pointer thermometer 7 Signal converter TT30: maximum flexibility in adaptation and a 10 Electronic Indicator EI 100/160
featuring the following requirement profile: maximum variety of signals
1 2 The ZT-F2.1 contains all heating elements required for representation The “electronic indicator EI 100/160” shows the temperature or a percentage
- robust and long-lived technology (Bourdon tube) of the winding temperature within the transformer. The temperature The TT30 signal converter’s task is the conversion of sensor signals output of any sensor. The information is indicated with an analog indicator in-
- functionally reliable and accurate gradient between winding and coolant depends on the current pre- into analog and digital process signals. The TT30’s user-friendly design strument and a digital LCD display. The input signal is 4 … 20 mA. The voltage
Pointer thermometer - vibration-proof and outdoor-proof sent in the winding at any given time. This winding current is propor- allows quick and easy adaptation – both mechanical and electronic supply is 24 V DC.
for oil and winding
temperature
- easy to install and commission tional to the secondary current of a current transformer mounted to a – to even the most diverse types of sensors. It’s so easy to The EI 100 can be mounted with a holder (figure 1) or with a support (figure 2) in Figure 1 EI with holder
- low-maintenance transformer. handle it can even be integrated into existing systems at a later date, the switchgear cubicle. The EI 160 (figure 3) can be mounted in the switchgear
Figure 2 EI with support
The secondary transformer current feeds a heating resistor contained without any need for modification work. That way, even older systems cubicle or directly on the transformer.
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature
Winding temperature Oil temperature 1 MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 (Ø 160 mm) in the dipper tube of ZT-F2.1, thereby causing a progression of the can be upgraded and made fit for remote measuring display tasks in The EI 100/160 is the ideal supplement for the thermometer with temperature
MT-ST160F; Ø 160 mm
Detection display instrument - in relation to the respective transformer load - to the supervisory room. transmitter (TT = 4 … 20 mA) and can also be used in combination with “signal
The main application of pointer thermometer types MT-ST160F and the oil temperature actually measured. That’s why we call our TT30 concept ‘Retrofit.’ converter TT30.”
Sensor Detection and MT-STW160F2 is temperature monitoring (winding/oil) in power Indication of the mean maximum winding temperature (= thermal The TT30 understands even the most diverse types of sensor signals The measured value can be presented in % or °C depending on the application.
signal output transformers or large-size distribution transformers. They are image) is yielded by this indirect method. which makes TT30 an epitome of versatility for just about any moni-
equipped with micro-switches for external switching processes (ven- Furthermore, the ZT-F2.1 permits the implementation of an additional toring task: be it temperature, position, pressure or flow monitoring
tilation control, alarm, trip) and are quick and easy to install. These sensor for direct mechanical displaying. Setting of the temperature – the TT30 can do it all. Figure 3 EI 160
robust pointer thermometers have been designed specifically for use gradient is a one-time event: it is adjusted only once at the time of Input signals:
under even the most diverse and exacting environmental conditions commissioning, via dip-switches. PT100 (RTD) (3-conductor connection)
3 4 5
(heat, cold, ambient humidity). The measuring system (Bourdon tube, In addition, the ZT-F2.1 supplies a temperature-proportional resis- 4 … 20 mA (2-conductor connection)
capillary tube, sensor) guarantees high-precision temperature displays tance signal, Pt 100 as per DIN IEC 751, for remote measuring value 0 … 20 mA (3-conductor connection) MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 Technical data
without any need for re-calibration or readjustments, not even after monitoring. 0 … 5 Volt (3-conductor connection)
Temperature sensor Combi well Mounting well Pointer thermometer for winding temperature Housing (standard) Steel plate, galvanized
decades of use! MT-STW160F2; Ø 160 mm Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or Angle of rotation (angle-of-rotation encoder)
Mounting ring and housing Powder coated, Bayonet fixing ring with Silicone seal
4 … 20 mA. Analog output signals:
Switchgear cubicle Viewing glass Laminated safety glass with UV filter
2 MTA-F100 / MTA-F100W (Ø 100 mm) 0 … 1 mA
Analog input Signal Temperature sensor Brass, bright
4 Combi well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 0 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
conversion Mounting plate Stainless steel
The functions of pointer thermometer types MTA-F100 and 4 … 20 mA (Error signal < 3.6 mA)
MTA-F100W are generally equivalent to the functions of the pointer As specified under 5), albeit with an integrated measuring shunt 4 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA) Copper capillary with insulating PVC tube;
Signal output, Capillary tube
thermometers specified above. Their smaller size, however, makes Pt100 as per DIN IEC 751 for remote measuring value monitoring. Digital output signals: or additional flexible stainless-steel tube
analog Cable gland M25 brass, nickel-plated
Signal converter them ideally suited for application in switchgear cubicles and small Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or RS485
Signal converter 6 7 or medium-sized distribution transformers. 4 … 20 mA. Relay output
Signal output, Characteristic data
Digital output,
digital
Microswitch setting (switching distance) 5 Mounting well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 8 Digital display 1272AT Measuring range -20 ... 140° C or 0 ... 160° C
Analog output RS 485 standard
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature Tolerance Category 1 as per DIN EN 13190
1+2 Narrow circuitry, standard MTA-F100, Ø 100 mm Standard mounting well for installation of the oil thermometer in The digital display types D1272AT PQ144 are used in the digital re- Place of installation Indoors and outdoors, tropic-proof
1 2 3 4 the thermometer pocket as per DIN 42 554. Kick protection against mote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are Ambient temperature -50 … 80°C
mechanical damages. connected with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi Degree of protection IP55 as per DIN VDE 0470-1
Remote
< 1K min. 6 % min. 6 % well or the ZT-F2.1. Thanks to the ventilation system included, the viewing glass will remain mist-free
indication in the Ventilation
8 9 10 6 Measured value transducer Pt-MU The optional selection of two freely adjustable limit value contacts up to a level of 80 % of relative humidity
Control room control room
and of various different output signals (4 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V)
Maximum pointer All thermometers are equipped with a resettable maximum pointer in red
1+2 / 3+4 Narrow circuitry The Pt-MU measured value transducer converts the signals of a PT100 for further signal processing is available as well.
Redundant Weight approx. 2.5 kgs (6 metres of capillary line)
1 2 3 4 to a uniform signal proportional to the temperature.
system
The measured value transducer is connected, for example, to the 9 Moving-coil instrument PQ96 / PQ144 Micro-switches
< 1K min. 12 % < 1K PT100 connections on the ZT-F2.1 transformer temperature encoder or
to the combi-mounting well. It conditions the output signals of these The moving-coil instrument types PQ96 and PQ144 are used in the Quantity 1 ... 6 adjustable micro-switches (1 … 4 change-over switches)
Analog output Temperature displays El 100 digital display
devices for further processing by the computer or electrical/electronic analog remote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are Contact load AC: 250 V / 5 A / cos G = 1
Pointer thermometer für winding temperature
010010000101 DC: 250 V / 0.4 A (non-inductive)
MTA-F100W, Ø 100 mm
1001000101100 indication (D1272AT PQ144). The Pt-MU is used where measured connected with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi
Supervisory room 0111010010010 values must be transmitted over long distances or the transmission well or the ZT-F2.1. 110 V / 0.6 A; 60 V / 1 A; 24 V / 4 A (non-inductive)
path contains interference. Switching interval 6 % of the measuring range
The two output signals (4 … 20 mA and 2 … 10 V) are no-load and Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO10)
short-circuit proof. The two outputs may not be connected together. Rated insulation voltage AC: 2,500 V / 1 min
SCADA System
An auxiliary voltage (supply voltage: 230 V AC, 45-65 Hz) is required. Switch hysteresis Approx. 5° C
010010000101
1001000101100 Terminals min. 0.25 mm2 / max. 2.5 mm2
0111010010010
TRASY2 – the functional modular system for temperature measuring Pointer thermometer for oil and winding temperature MESSKO® TRASY2 – as flexible as the tasks it manages

Switching signal
Direct display
Transformer at the
transformer Self-sufficient and non-energy dependent pointer thermometer 3 Winding Temperature sensor ZT-F2.1 for pointer thermometer 7 Signal converter TT30: maximum flexibility in adaptation and a 10 Electronic Indicator EI 100/160
featuring the following requirement profile: maximum variety of signals
1 2 The ZT-F2.1 contains all heating elements required for representation The “electronic indicator EI 100/160” shows the temperature or a percentage
- robust and long-lived technology (Bourdon tube) of the winding temperature within the transformer. The temperature The TT30 signal converter’s task is the conversion of sensor signals output of any sensor. The information is indicated with an analog indicator in-
- functionally reliable and accurate gradient between winding and coolant depends on the current pre- into analog and digital process signals. The TT30’s user-friendly design strument and a digital LCD display. The input signal is 4 … 20 mA. The voltage
Pointer thermometer - vibration-proof and outdoor-proof sent in the winding at any given time. This winding current is propor- allows quick and easy adaptation – both mechanical and electronic supply is 24 V DC.
for oil and winding
temperature
- easy to install and commission tional to the secondary current of a current transformer mounted to a – to even the most diverse types of sensors. It’s so easy to The EI 100 can be mounted with a holder (figure 1) or with a support (figure 2) in Figure 1 EI with holder
- low-maintenance transformer. handle it can even be integrated into existing systems at a later date, the switchgear cubicle. The EI 160 (figure 3) can be mounted in the switchgear
Figure 2 EI with support
The secondary transformer current feeds a heating resistor contained without any need for modification work. That way, even older systems cubicle or directly on the transformer.
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature
Winding temperature Oil temperature 1 MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 (Ø 160 mm) in the dipper tube of ZT-F2.1, thereby causing a progression of the can be upgraded and made fit for remote measuring display tasks in The EI 100/160 is the ideal supplement for the thermometer with temperature
MT-ST160F; Ø 160 mm
Detection display instrument - in relation to the respective transformer load - to the supervisory room. transmitter (TT = 4 … 20 mA) and can also be used in combination with “signal
The main application of pointer thermometer types MT-ST160F and the oil temperature actually measured. That’s why we call our TT30 concept ‘Retrofit.’ converter TT30.”
Sensor Detection and MT-STW160F2 is temperature monitoring (winding/oil) in power Indication of the mean maximum winding temperature (= thermal The TT30 understands even the most diverse types of sensor signals The measured value can be presented in % or °C depending on the application.
signal output transformers or large-size distribution transformers. They are image) is yielded by this indirect method. which makes TT30 an epitome of versatility for just about any moni-
equipped with micro-switches for external switching processes (ven- Furthermore, the ZT-F2.1 permits the implementation of an additional toring task: be it temperature, position, pressure or flow monitoring
tilation control, alarm, trip) and are quick and easy to install. These sensor for direct mechanical displaying. Setting of the temperature – the TT30 can do it all. Figure 3 EI 160
robust pointer thermometers have been designed specifically for use gradient is a one-time event: it is adjusted only once at the time of Input signals:
under even the most diverse and exacting environmental conditions commissioning, via dip-switches. PT100 (RTD) (3-conductor connection)
3 4 5
(heat, cold, ambient humidity). The measuring system (Bourdon tube, In addition, the ZT-F2.1 supplies a temperature-proportional resis- 4 … 20 mA (2-conductor connection)
capillary tube, sensor) guarantees high-precision temperature displays tance signal, Pt 100 as per DIN IEC 751, for remote measuring value 0 … 20 mA (3-conductor connection) MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 Technical data
without any need for re-calibration or readjustments, not even after monitoring. 0 … 5 Volt (3-conductor connection)
Temperature sensor Combi well Mounting well Pointer thermometer for winding temperature Housing (standard) Steel plate, galvanized
decades of use! MT-STW160F2; Ø 160 mm Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or Angle of rotation (angle-of-rotation encoder)
Mounting ring and housing Powder coated, Bayonet fixing ring with Silicone seal
4 … 20 mA. Analog output signals:
Switchgear cubicle Viewing glass Laminated safety glass with UV filter
2 MTA-F100 / MTA-F100W (Ø 100 mm) 0 … 1 mA
Analog input Signal Temperature sensor Brass, bright
4 Combi well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 0 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
conversion Mounting plate Stainless steel
The functions of pointer thermometer types MTA-F100 and 4 … 20 mA (Error signal < 3.6 mA)
MTA-F100W are generally equivalent to the functions of the pointer As specified under 5), albeit with an integrated measuring shunt 4 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA) Copper capillary with insulating PVC tube;
Signal output, Capillary tube
thermometers specified above. Their smaller size, however, makes Pt100 as per DIN IEC 751 for remote measuring value monitoring. Digital output signals: or additional flexible stainless-steel tube
analog Cable gland M25 brass, nickel-plated
Signal converter them ideally suited for application in switchgear cubicles and small Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or RS485
Signal converter 6 7 or medium-sized distribution transformers. 4 … 20 mA. Relay output
Signal output, Characteristic data
Digital output,
digital
Microswitch setting (switching distance) 5 Mounting well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 8 Digital display 1272AT Measuring range -20 ... 140° C or 0 ... 160° C
Analog output RS 485 standard
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature Tolerance Category 1 as per DIN EN 13190
1+2 Narrow circuitry, standard MTA-F100, Ø 100 mm Standard mounting well for installation of the oil thermometer in The digital display types D1272AT PQ144 are used in the digital re- Place of installation Indoors and outdoors, tropic-proof
1 2 3 4 the thermometer pocket as per DIN 42 554. Kick protection against mote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are Ambient temperature -50 … 80°C
mechanical damages. connected with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi Degree of protection IP55 as per DIN VDE 0470-1
Remote
< 1K min. 6 % min. 6 % well or the ZT-F2.1. Thanks to the ventilation system included, the viewing glass will remain mist-free
indication in the Ventilation
8 9 10 6 Measured value transducer Pt-MU The optional selection of two freely adjustable limit value contacts up to a level of 80 % of relative humidity
Control room control room
and of various different output signals (4 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V)
Maximum pointer All thermometers are equipped with a resettable maximum pointer in red
1+2 / 3+4 Narrow circuitry The Pt-MU measured value transducer converts the signals of a PT100 for further signal processing is available as well.
Redundant Weight approx. 2.5 kgs (6 metres of capillary line)
1 2 3 4 to a uniform signal proportional to the temperature.
system
The measured value transducer is connected, for example, to the 9 Moving-coil instrument PQ96 / PQ144 Micro-switches
< 1K min. 12 % < 1K PT100 connections on the ZT-F2.1 transformer temperature encoder or
to the combi-mounting well. It conditions the output signals of these The moving-coil instrument types PQ96 and PQ144 are used in the Quantity 1 ... 6 adjustable micro-switches (1 … 4 change-over switches)
Analog output Temperature displays El 100 digital display
devices for further processing by the computer or electrical/electronic analog remote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are Contact load AC: 250 V / 5 A / cos G = 1
Pointer thermometer für winding temperature
010010000101 DC: 250 V / 0.4 A (non-inductive)
MTA-F100W, Ø 100 mm
1001000101100 indication (D1272AT PQ144). The Pt-MU is used where measured connected with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi
Supervisory room 0111010010010 values must be transmitted over long distances or the transmission well or the ZT-F2.1. 110 V / 0.6 A; 60 V / 1 A; 24 V / 4 A (non-inductive)
path contains interference. Switching interval 6 % of the measuring range
The two output signals (4 … 20 mA and 2 … 10 V) are no-load and Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO10)
short-circuit proof. The two outputs may not be connected together. Rated insulation voltage AC: 2,500 V / 1 min
SCADA System
An auxiliary voltage (supply voltage: 230 V AC, 45-65 Hz) is required. Switch hysteresis Approx. 5° C
010010000101
1001000101100 Terminals min. 0.25 mm2 / max. 2.5 mm2
0111010010010
TRASY2 – the functional modular system for temperature measuring Pointer thermometer for oil and winding temperature MESSKO® TRASY2 – as flexible as the tasks it manages

Switching signal
Direct display
Transformer at the
transformer Self-sufficient and non-energy dependent pointer thermometer 3 Winding Temperature sensor ZT-F2.1 for pointer thermometer 7 Signal converter TT30: maximum flexibility in adaptation and a 10 Electronic Indicator EI 100/160
featuring the following requirement profile: maximum variety of signals
1 2 The ZT-F2.1 contains all heating elements required for representation The “electronic indicator EI 100/160” shows the temperature or a percentage
- robust and long-lived technology (Bourdon tube) of the winding temperature within the transformer. The temperature The TT30 signal converter’s task is the conversion of sensor signals output of any sensor. The information is indicated with an analog indicator in-
- functionally reliable and accurate gradient between winding and coolant depends on the current pre- into analog and digital process signals. The TT30’s user-friendly design strument and a digital LCD display. The input signal is 4 … 20 mA. The voltage
Pointer thermometer - vibration-proof and outdoor-proof sent in the winding at any given time. This winding current is propor- allows quick and easy adaptation – both mechanical and electronic supply is 24 V DC.
for oil and winding
temperature
- easy to install and commission tional to the secondary current of a current transformer mounted to a – to even the most diverse types of sensors. It’s so easy to The EI 100 can be mounted with a holder (figure 1) or with a support (figure 2) in Figure 1 EI with holder
- low-maintenance transformer. handle it can even be integrated into existing systems at a later date, the switchgear cubicle. The EI 160 (figure 3) can be mounted in the switchgear
Figure 2 EI with support
The secondary transformer current feeds a heating resistor contained without any need for modification work. That way, even older systems cubicle or directly on the transformer.
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature
Winding temperature Oil temperature 1 MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 (Ø 160 mm) in the dipper tube of ZT-F2.1, thereby causing a progression of the can be upgraded and made fit for remote measuring display tasks in The EI 100/160 is the ideal supplement for the thermometer with temperature
MT-ST160F; Ø 160 mm
Detection display instrument - in relation to the respective transformer load - to the supervisory room. transmitter (TT = 4 … 20 mA) and can also be used in combination with “signal
The main application of pointer thermometer types MT-ST160F and the oil temperature actually measured. That’s why we call our TT30 concept ‘Retrofit.’ converter TT30.”
Sensor Detection and MT-STW160F2 is temperature monitoring (winding/oil) in power Indication of the mean maximum winding temperature (= thermal The TT30 understands even the most diverse types of sensor signals The measured value can be presented in % or °C depending on the application.
signal output transformers or large-size distribution transformers. They are image) is yielded by this indirect method. which makes TT30 an epitome of versatility for just about any moni-
equipped with micro-switches for external switching processes (ven- Furthermore, the ZT-F2.1 permits the implementation of an additional toring task: be it temperature, position, pressure or flow monitoring
tilation control, alarm, trip) and are quick and easy to install. These sensor for direct mechanical displaying. Setting of the temperature – the TT30 can do it all. Figure 3 EI 160
robust pointer thermometers have been designed specifically for use gradient is a one-time event: it is adjusted only once at the time of Input signals:
under even the most diverse and exacting environmental conditions commissioning, via dip-switches. PT100 (RTD) (3-conductor connection)
3 4 5
(heat, cold, ambient humidity). The measuring system (Bourdon tube, In addition, the ZT-F2.1 supplies a temperature-proportional resis- 4 … 20 mA (2-conductor connection)
capillary tube, sensor) guarantees high-precision temperature displays tance signal, Pt 100 as per DIN IEC 751, for remote measuring value 0 … 20 mA (3-conductor connection) MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 Technical data
without any need for re-calibration or readjustments, not even after monitoring. 0 … 5 Volt (3-conductor connection)
Temperature sensor Combi well Mounting well Pointer thermometer for winding temperature Housing (standard) Steel plate, galvanized
decades of use! MT-STW160F2; Ø 160 mm Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or Angle of rotation (angle-of-rotation encoder)
Mounting ring and housing Powder coated, Bayonet fixing ring with Silicone seal
4 … 20 mA. Analog output signals:
Switchgear cubicle Viewing glass Laminated safety glass with UV filter
2 MTA-F100 / MTA-F100W (Ø 100 mm) 0 … 1 mA
Analog input Signal Temperature sensor Brass, bright
4 Combi well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 0 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
conversion Mounting plate Stainless steel
The functions of pointer thermometer types MTA-F100 and 4 … 20 mA (Error signal < 3.6 mA)
MTA-F100W are generally equivalent to the functions of the pointer As specified under 5), albeit with an integrated measuring shunt 4 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA) Copper capillary with insulating PVC tube;
Signal output, Capillary tube
thermometers specified above. Their smaller size, however, makes Pt100 as per DIN IEC 751 for remote measuring value monitoring. Digital output signals: or additional flexible stainless-steel tube
analog Cable gland M25 brass, nickel-plated
Signal converter them ideally suited for application in switchgear cubicles and small Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or RS485
Signal converter 6 7 or medium-sized distribution transformers. 4 … 20 mA. Relay output
Signal output, Characteristic data
Digital output,
digital
Microswitch setting (switching distance) 5 Mounting well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 8 Digital display 1272AT Measuring range -20 ... 140° C or 0 ... 160° C
Analog output RS 485 standard
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature Tolerance Category 1 as per DIN EN 13190
1+2 Narrow circuitry, standard MTA-F100, Ø 100 mm Standard mounting well for installation of the oil thermometer in The digital display types D1272AT are used in the digital remote Place of installation Indoors and outdoors, tropic-proof
1 2 3 4 the thermometer pocket as per DIN 42 554. Kick protection against ­display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are connected Ambient temperature -50 … 80°C
mechanical damages. with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi well or Degree of protection IP55 as per DIN VDE 0470-1
Remote
< 1K min. 6 % min. 6 % the ZT-F2.1. Thanks to the ventilation system included, the viewing glass will remain mist-free
indication in the Ventilation
8 9 10 6 Measured value transducer Pt-MU The optional selection of two freely adjustable limit value contacts up to a level of 80 % of relative humidity
Control room control room
and of various different output signals (4 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V)
Maximum pointer All thermometers are equipped with a resettable maximum pointer in red
1+2 / 3+4 Narrow circuitry The Pt-MU measured value transducer converts the signals of a PT100 for further signal processing is available as well.
Redundant Weight approx. 2.5 kgs (6 metres of capillary line)
1 2 3 4 to a uniform signal proportional to the temperature.
system
The measured value transducer is connected, for example, to the 9 Moving-coil instrument PQ96 / PQ144 Micro-switches
< 1K min. 12 % < 1K PT100 connections on the ZT-F2.1 transformer temperature encoder or
to the combi-mounting well. It conditions the output signals of these The moving-coil instrument types PQ96 and PQ144 are used in the Quantity 1 ... 6 adjustable micro-switches (1 … 4 change-over switches)
Analog output Temperature displays El 100 digital display
devices for further processing by the computer or electrical/electronic analog remote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are Contact load AC: 250 V / 5 A / cos G = 1
Pointer thermometer für winding temperature
010010000101 DC: 250 V / 0.4 A (non-inductive)
MTA-F100W, Ø 100 mm
1001000101100 indication (D1272AT PQ144). The Pt-MU is used where measured connected with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi
Supervisory room 0111010010010 values must be transmitted over long distances or the transmission well or the ZT-F2.1. 110 V / 0.6 A; 60 V / 1 A; 24 V / 4 A (non-inductive)
path contains interference. Switching interval 6 % of the measuring range
The two output signals (4 … 20 mA and 2 … 10 V) are no-load and Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO10)
short-circuit proof. The two outputs may not be connected together. Rated insulation voltage AC: 2,500 V / 1 min
SCADA System
An auxiliary voltage (supply voltage: 230 V AC, 45-65 Hz) is required. Switch hysteresis Approx. 5° C
010010000101
1001000101100 Terminals min. 0.25 mm2 / max. 2.5 mm2
0111010010010
TRASY2 – the functional modular system for temperature measuring Pointer thermometer for oil and winding temperature MESSKO® TRASY2 – as flexible as the tasks it manages

Switching signal
Direct display
Transformer at the
transformer Self-sufficient and non-energy dependent pointer thermometer 3 Winding Temperature sensor ZT-F2.1 for pointer thermometer 7 Signal converter TT30: maximum flexibility in adaptation and a 10 Electronic Indicator EI 100/160
featuring the following requirement profile: maximum variety of signals
1 2 The ZT-F2.1 contains all heating elements required for representation The “electronic indicator EI 100/160” shows the temperature or a percentage
- robust and long-lived technology (Bourdon tube) of the winding temperature within the transformer. The temperature The TT30 signal converter’s task is the conversion of sensor signals output of any sensor. The information is indicated with an analog indicator in-
- functionally reliable and accurate gradient between winding and coolant depends on the current pre- into analog and digital process signals. The TT30’s user-friendly design strument and a digital LCD display. The input signal is 4 … 20 mA. The voltage
Pointer thermometer - vibration-proof and outdoor-proof sent in the winding at any given time. This winding current is propor- allows quick and easy adaptation – both mechanical and electronic supply is 24 V DC.
for oil and winding
temperature
- easy to install and commission tional to the secondary current of a current transformer mounted to a – to even the most diverse types of sensors. It’s so easy to The EI 100 can be mounted with a holder (figure 1) or with a support (figure 2) in Figure 1 EI with holder
- low-maintenance transformer. handle it can even be integrated into existing systems at a later date, the switchgear cubicle. The EI 160 (figure 3) can be mounted in the switchgear
Figure 2 EI with support
The secondary transformer current feeds a heating resistor contained without any need for modification work. That way, even older systems cubicle or directly on the transformer.
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature
Winding temperature Oil temperature 1 MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 (Ø 160 mm) in the dipper tube of ZT-F2.1, thereby causing a progression of the can be upgraded and made fit for remote measuring display tasks in The EI 100/160 is the ideal supplement for the thermometer with temperature
MT-ST160F; Ø 160 mm
Detection display instrument - in relation to the respective transformer load - to the supervisory room. transmitter (TT = 4 … 20 mA) and can also be used in combination with “signal
The main application of pointer thermometer types MT-ST160F and the oil temperature actually measured. That’s why we call our TT30 concept ‘Retrofit.’ converter TT30.”
Sensor Detection and MT-STW160F2 is temperature monitoring (winding/oil) in power Indication of the mean maximum winding temperature (= thermal The TT30 understands even the most diverse types of sensor signals The measured value can be presented in % or °C depending on the application.
signal output transformers or large-size distribution transformers. They are image) is yielded by this indirect method. which makes TT30 an epitome of versatility for just about any moni-
equipped with micro-switches for external switching processes (ven- Furthermore, the ZT-F2.1 permits the implementation of an additional toring task: be it temperature, position, pressure or flow monitoring
tilation control, alarm, trip) and are quick and easy to install. These sensor for direct mechanical displaying. Setting of the temperature – the TT30 can do it all. Figure 3 EI 160
robust pointer thermometers have been designed specifically for use gradient is a one-time event: it is adjusted only once at the time of Input signals:
under even the most diverse and exacting environmental conditions commissioning, via dip-switches. PT100 (RTD) (3-conductor connection)
3 4 5
(heat, cold, ambient humidity). The measuring system (Bourdon tube, In addition, the ZT-F2.1 supplies a temperature-proportional resis- 4 … 20 mA (2-conductor connection)
capillary tube, sensor) guarantees high-precision temperature displays tance signal, Pt 100 as per DIN IEC 751, for remote measuring value 0 … 20 mA (3-conductor connection) MT-ST160F / MT-STW160F2 Technical data
without any need for re-calibration or readjustments, not even after monitoring. 0 … 5 Volt (3-conductor connection)
Temperature sensor Combi well Mounting well Pointer thermometer for winding temperature Housing (standard) Steel plate, galvanized
decades of use! MT-STW160F2; Ø 160 mm Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or Angle of rotation (angle-of-rotation encoder)
Mounting ring and housing Powder coated, Bayonet fixing ring with Silicone seal
4 … 20 mA. Analog output signals:
Switchgear cubicle Viewing glass Laminated safety glass with UV filter
2 MTA-F100 / MTA-F100W (Ø 100 mm) 0 … 1 mA
Analog input Signal Temperature sensor Brass, bright
4 Combi well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 0 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
conversion Mounting plate Stainless steel
The functions of pointer thermometer types MTA-F100 and 4 … 20 mA (Error signal < 3.6 mA)
MTA-F100W are generally equivalent to the functions of the pointer As specified under 5), albeit with an integrated measuring shunt 4 … 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA) Copper capillary with insulating PVC tube;
Signal output, Capillary tube
thermometers specified above. Their smaller size, however, makes Pt100 as per DIN IEC 751 for remote measuring value monitoring. Digital output signals: or additional flexible stainless-steel tube
analog Cable gland M25 brass, nickel-plated
Signal converter them ideally suited for application in switchgear cubicles and small Optional output signals: Cu10 as per ANSI ASME PTC 19.3 or RS485
Signal converter 6 7 or medium-sized distribution transformers. 4 … 20 mA. Relay output
Signal output, Characteristic data
Digital output,
digital
Microswitch setting (switching distance) 5 Mounting well for pointer thermometer (oil temperature) 8 Digital display 1272AT Measuring range -20 ... 140° C or 0 ... 160° C
Analog output RS 485 standard
Pointer thermometer for oil temperature Tolerance Category 1 as per DIN EN 13190
1+2 Narrow circuitry, standard MTA-F100, Ø 100 mm Standard mounting well for installation of the oil thermometer in The digital display types D1272AT PQ144 are used in the digital re- Place of installation Indoors and outdoors, tropic-proof
1 2 3 4 the thermometer pocket as per DIN 42 554. Kick protection against mote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are Ambient temperature -50 … 80°C
mechanical damages. connected with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi Degree of protection IP55 as per DIN VDE 0470-1
Remote
< 1K min. 6 % min. 6 % well or the ZT-F2.1. Thanks to the ventilation system included, the viewing glass will remain mist-free
indication in the Ventilation
8 9 10 6 Measured value transducer Pt-MU The optional selection of two freely adjustable limit value contacts up to a level of 80 % of relative humidity
Control room control room
and of various different output signals (4 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V)
Maximum pointer All thermometers are equipped with a resettable maximum pointer in red
1+2 / 3+4 Narrow circuitry The Pt-MU measured value transducer converts the signals of a PT100 for further signal processing is available as well.
Redundant Weight approx. 2.5 kgs (6 metres of capillary line)
1 2 3 4 to a uniform signal proportional to the temperature.
system
The measured value transducer is connected, for example, to the 9 Moving-coil instrument PQ96 / PQ144 Micro-switches
< 1K min. 12 % < 1K PT100 connections on the ZT-F2.1 transformer temperature encoder or
to the combi-mounting well. It conditions the output signals of these The moving-coil instrument types PQ96 and PQ144 are used in the Quantity 1 ... 6 adjustable micro-switches (1 … 4 change-over switches)
Analog output Temperature displays El 100 digital display
devices for further processing by the computer or electrical/electronic analog remote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are Contact load AC: 250 V / 5 A / cos G = 1
Pointer thermometer für winding temperature
010010000101 DC: 250 V / 0.4 A (non-inductive)
MTA-F100W, Ø 100 mm
1001000101100 indication (D1272AT PQ144). The Pt-MU is used where measured connected with the analog output (PT100 or 4 … 20 mA) of the combi
Supervisory room 0111010010010 values must be transmitted over long distances or the transmission well or the ZT-F2.1. 110 V / 0.6 A; 60 V / 1 A; 24 V / 4 A (non-inductive)
path contains interference. Switching interval 6 % of the measuring range
The two output signals (4 … 20 mA and 2 … 10 V) are no-load and Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO10)
short-circuit proof. The two outputs may not be connected together. Rated insulation voltage AC: 2,500 V / 1 min
SCADA System
An auxiliary voltage (supply voltage: 230 V AC, 45-65 Hz) is required. Switch hysteresis Approx. 5° C
010010000101
1001000101100 Terminals min. 0.25 mm2 / max. 2.5 mm2
0111010010010
www.messko.com
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 0
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 98
www.messko.com
MESSKO® TRASY2 Type Series
Messko-Platz 1 E-mail: info@messko.com
D-61440 Oberursel, Germany Internet: www.messko.com Temperature Measuring Systems for Transformers

Modularity has a name – MESSKO® TRASY2

MESSKO® TRASY2 at a glance

• extremely long-lived and functionally reliable


• modular-type system
• Bourdon tube: precise and robust, without additional mechanical elements
• two redundant measuring points in combination with Combi well or
winding temperature sensor ZT-F2.1
• quick and easy gradient setting with fixed resistors (thermal image)
• ambient temperature compensation: no modification required –
not even for extreme environments
• possibility of several different output signals: Cu10, PT100, 4 … 20 mA
• in combination with the signal converter:
analog signals: 0 … 1 mA; 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA;
relay output;
digital signals: RS 485
• no need of readjustments and/or re-calibration

Important note: The information contained in all of our publications


may differ in detail from the actual equipment delivered.
We reserve the right to make changes without notice.
IN2057/02/01 EN • 01/13 • Art. no. MS99024301 • Printed in Germany • © Messko GmbH 2013
www.messko.com
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 0
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 98
www.messko.com
MESSKO® TRASY2 Type Series
Messko-Platz 1 E-mail: info@messko.com
D-61440 Oberursel, Germany Internet: www.messko.com Temperature Measuring Systems for Transformers

Modularity has a name – MESSKO® TRASY2

MESSKO® TRASY2 at a glance

• extremely long-lived and functionally reliable


• modular-type system
• Bourdon tube: precise and robust, without additional mechanical elements
• two redundant measuring points in combination with Combi well or
winding temperature sensor ZT-F2.1
• quick and easy gradient setting with fixed resistors (thermal image)
• ambient temperature compensation: no modification required –
not even for extreme environments
• possibility of several different output signals: Cu10, PT100, 4 … 20 mA
• in combination with the signal converter:
analog signals: 0 … 1 mA; 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA;
relay output;
digital signals: RS 485
• no need of readjustments and/or re-calibration

Important note: The information contained in all of our publications


may differ in detail from the actual equipment delivered.
We reserve the right to make changes without notice.
IN2057/02/01 EN • 01/13 • Art. no. MS99024301 • Printed in Germany • © Messko GmbH 2013
03/04

BA 2032 Note: Terminals for REMONTE INDICATION


(4...20mA or RTD) must be shortcircuit
during insulation test and the test
voltage (max. 500 VAC) shall be raised
gradually.

Bild 1/Fig.1

Montage- und Betriebsanleitung


MESSKO Kombihülse
Option: Analogausgang 4..20mA
Deutsch Seite 2, Abbildungen Seite 4

Installation- and Operating Instruction


MESSKO Combi Well
Option: Analog Output 4..20mA
English page 2, figures page 4

Instructions de Montage et d’Utilisation


MESSKO Sonde Double
Option: Sortie analogique 4..20mA
Français page 3, illustrations page 4

Instrucciones de Montaje y Servicio


MESSKO Vaina Doble
Opción: Salida de Corriente 4..20mA
Español página 3, ilustraciónes página 4

BA2032.PUB Art. 990293


Deutsch English
1. Produktbeschreibung 1. Product Description
Die Kombihülse wird mit einem Zeigerthermometer The Combi Well is used in combination with a pointer
zusammen verwendet und dient zur Fernübertragung des thermometer and serves for remote indication of the
Temperatur-Meßwerts. measured value.
Der Temperaturfühler (3) eines Zeigerthermometers wird in The temperature sensor (3) of a pointer thermometer is
die Kombihülse eingeschoben; dadurch wird die Temperatur installed into the Combi Well; so the temperature value is
auf dem Zeigerthermometer vor Ort angezeigt. Zur displayed locally by the pointer thermometer. For remote
Fernübertragung wird eine elektrische Temperaturanzeige an indication an electric or electronic indicator is connected to
den integrierten Pt100-Meßwiderstand (4) angeschlossen. the Pt100 measuring resistor (4) in the Combi Well.
Anstelle des Pt100 Ausgangs kann die Kombihülse einen The Combi Well can be supplied with an analog output
4..20mA Analogausgang erhalten. signal 4..20mA instead of a Pt100.

2. Zeigerthermometer 2. Pointer Thermometer


Die Kombihülse kann mit unterschiedlichen The Combi Well is combined with different types of
Zeigerthermometern und Auswerteinstrumenten kombiniert thermometers and electric indicators. Installation and
werden. Bei service according to their own manuals.
deren Montage ist die jeweils dazugehörende Betriebs-
WICHTIG ! ATTENTION !
Meßgeräte sind empfindlich. Bitte deshalb alle Teile Measuring instruments are sensitive. So all parts
vor Fall, Schlag oder Stoß schützen. Max. should be protected from being dropped and from
Umgebungstemperatur 80°C beachten. knocks. Notice max. ambient temperature 80°C.
anleitung zu beachten.
3. Mounting
3. Montage The combi well is designed for installation in a thermometer
Die Kombihülse ist zur Montage in eine Thermometertasche pocket to DIN 42 554. The thermometer pocket must be
nach DIN 42 554 geeignet. Die Thermometertasche zu 2/3 filled at least 2/3 with oil. To install, unsrew the lower nut
mit Öl füllen. Die Verschraubung G1”(2) von der Kombi- G1”(2) of the Combi Well and screw it into the thermometer
Hülse abschrauben und in die Thermometertasche pocket. Insert the Combi Well and ensure correct alignment.
einschrauben. Die Kombi-Hülse in die Thermometertasche Tighten the double screwed connection.
WICHTIG ! IMPORTANT !
Die Kombi-Hülse nur ausrichten oder verdrehen, Never apply force to the combi well, always slacken
wenn die Kontermutter gelöst ist. the double screwed connection for realignment.
stecken, ausrichten und mit der Kontermutter festschrauben.
Den Deckel abschrauben. Das Kabel für den Pt100 Anschluß Unscrew the cover. Insert the cable from the remote display
durch eine PG16 Durchführung stecken und unter Beachtung through the cable gland PG16. Connect it to the terminals
der VDE-Vorschriften anschließen (siehe Bild 2 und 3). Den (Pt100) as shown under Fig.2 and 3. Make sure to use the
Fühler des Zeigerthermometers durch die andere PG16 right "wire circuit" for your display.
Durchführung stecken und durchziehen ~ 50 cm. Den Fühler Insert the temperature sensor ~ 50 cm through the hole in
bis zum Anschlag in die Kombihülse schieben ~210 mm tief. the casing (PG16) and push fully home (approx. 210 mm)
Die Kapillarleitung zurückziehen. Die PG16 Durchführungen into the immersion tube of the Combi Well. Pull through the
fest verschrauben. Den Deckel wieder montieren. capillary line, route it without kinks and fix it. Tighten up the
4. Vergleichsmessungen, Prüfungen cable glands. Screw the cover.
Nach einer Aufwärmzeit von 30 Minuten die Anzeige des 4. Testing
Zeigerthermometers und der elektronischen Anzeige Check the indication of the pointer thermometer and the
vergleichen. Die Anzeigen sollten im Toleranzbereich beider remote display after a warm up of 30 minutes.
Geräte liegen. Both indicators should be in the individual tolerance.
5. Service 5. Service
Sollten die genannten Maßnahmen nicht zum Erfolg führen, In case of malfunction contact our factory.
wenden Sie sich an unser Werk.
6. Maintenance
6. Wartung The Combi Well is maintenance free.
Die Kombihülse ist wartungsfrei.

7.1 Anschlußplan / Wiring diagram 7.2 Anschlußplan / Wiring diagram


Aufnahme für Temperaturfühler / 2 Leiter Technik / 2 wire circuit Aufnahme für Temperaturfühler /
Installation hole for the Abschirmung /shield Installation hole for the
temperature sensor 1 Meßleitung / sense line temperature sensor
2 Meßleitung / sense line
3 Leiter Technik / 3 wire circuit Abschirmung
Klemmen/ Klemmen/
Abschirmung /shield 1 “+” Anschlußleitung 4..20mA
Terminals Terminals
1 Meßleitung / sense line 2 “-” Anschlußleitung 4..20mA
2 Meßleitung / sense line
3 Ausgleichsltg. / compens. line shield
4 Leiter Technik / 4 wire circuit 1 “+” lead wire 4..20mA
Abschirmung + 1. Ausgleichsltg. /
2 “-” lead wire 4..20mA
shield + 1. compens. line
1 Meßleitung / sense line
2 Meßleitung / sense line
Bild 2/Fig.2 3 2. Ausgleichsltg. / 2. compens. line Bild 3/Fig.3

2
Français Español
1. Descriptif du produit 1. Descripción del producto
La Sonde Double est utilisée avec un thermomètre à aiguille La Vaina Doble se usa en combinación con un termómetro
et sert à la transmission à distance des valeurs mesurées. La indicador y sirve para la transmisión del valor de medición
sonde thermique (3) d'un thermomètre à aiguille est engagée de la temperatura. La sonda térmica (3) de un termómetro
dans la Sonde Double ; ainsi, la température est affichée sur indicador se introduce en la Vaina Doble, de esta manera se
place sur le thermomètre à aiguille. Un indicateur de indica in situ la temperatura en el termómetro indicador.
température électrique est raccordé sur la résistance de Para la transmisión remota se conecta un indicador de
précision PT100 intégrée (4) pour la transmission à distance. temperatura eléctrico a la resistencia de medición Pt100 (4)
La Sonde Double peut avoir une sortie analogique 4..20mA à integrada. En lugar de la salida Pt100 la Vaina Doble puede
la place de la sortie PT100. contener una salida análoga 4..20mA

2. Thermomètre à aiguille 2. Termómetro indicador


La Sonde Double peut être associée à différents La Vaina Doble puede combinarse con diferentes termó-
thermomètres à aiguille et instruments d'analyse. Lors de leur metros indicadores e instrumentos analizadores. Para su
montage, veuillez bien tenir compte du mode d'emploi montaje deben tenerse en cuenta las instrucciones de
voulu. servicio.
IMPORTANT ! ¡ IMPORTANTE !
Les appareils de mesure sont très sensibles. Los aparatos de medición son sensibles, por ello
Veuillez protéger toutes les pièces des chutes, des rogamos que se protejan contra caídas, golpes o
chocs ou des coups. Veillez également à une choques. Tener en cuenta que la temperatura
température ambiante n'excédant jamais 80°C. ambiental máxima debe ser de 80°C.

3. Montage 3. Montaje
La Sonde Double convient à un montage dans une La Vaina Doble está diseñada para montarla en la bolsa para
poche de thermomètre prévue par la norme DIN 42 554. termómetros según DIN 42 554. Llenar 2/3 de la bolsa para
Remplir au 2/3 d'huile la poche de thermomètre. Dévisser la termómetros con aceite. Desenroscar la unión G1”(2) de la
fermeture G1” (2) du manchon combiné et la visser dans la Vaina Doble y enroscarla en la bolsa para termómetros.
poche de thermomètre. Enfoncer la Sonde Double dans la Introducir la Vaina Doble en la bolsa para termómetros,
poche de thermomètre, ajuster et fixer à l'aide d'un alinearla correctamente y fijarla con la contratuerca.
contre-écrou. Desenroscar la tapa. Pasar el cable para la conexión Pt100 a
IMPORTANT ! ¡ IMPORTANTE !
N'ajuster ou ne faire pivoter la sonde double que Alinear correctamente o girar la Vaina Doble
si le contre-écrou est desserré. únicamente cuando la contratuerca esté

Dévisser le couvercle. Faire passer le câble de connexion du través de una boquilla de paso PG16 y onectarlo teniendo
PT100 à travers une traversée PG16 et le raccorder en en cuenta las prescripciones VDE véase Fig.2 y 3. Insertar la
respectant les règles VDE (voir Fig.2 et 3). Introduire la sonda del termómetro indicador a través de la otra boquilla
sonde du thermomètre à travers l'autre traversée PG16 et la de paso PG16 e introducirla ~ 50 cm. Introducir la sonda
faire passer jusqu'à environ 50 cm. Pousser la sonde à fond hasta el tope en la Vaina Doble ~ 210 mm de profundidad.
dans la Sonde Double à environ 210 mm de profondeur. Retirar la conducción capilar. Fijar la boquilla de paso PG16.
Retirer le tube capillaire. Serrer la traversée PG16. Remonter Montar de nuevo la tapa.
le couvercle. 4. Mediciones comparativas, controles
4. Mesures comparatives, contrôles Después de un período de calentamiento de 30 minutos
Après avoir réchauffé le dispositif pendant 30 minutes, comparar el valor del termómetro indicador yel del
comparer l'indication du thermomètre à aiguille et l'affichage indicador electrónico. Las indicaciones deberían entrar
électronique. Les indications doivent se situer dans le cadre en el margen de tolerancia de ambos aparatos.
des tolérances des deux appareils.
5. Servicio posventa
5. Maintenance En el caso de que con las medidas mencionadas no se
Si les mesures préconisées demeurent infructueuses, veuillez consiguieran los objetivos deseados, les rogamos se dirijan
vous adresser à notre usine. a nuestra fábrica.
6. Entretien 6. Mantenimiento
La Sonde Double est sans entretien. La Vaina Doble no precisa mantenimiento.
7.1 Raccordement / Conexión 7.2 Raccordement / Conexión
2 Système bifilaire / sistema a 2 cond.
Trou dínstallation pour thermomètre / Blindage / Blindaje Trou dínstallation pour thermomètre /
Abertura de instalación para Abertura de instalación para termómetro
termómetro
1 Ligne de mesure/conductor de
medición
Système à 3 fils / sistema a 3 cond.
Blindage / Blindaje Blindage
Bornes/
Bornes/
1 Ligne de mesure/conductor de medición bornes 1 + Ligne de mesure 4..20mA
bornes 2 - Ligne de mesure 4..20mA
2 Ligne de mesure/conductor de medición
3 Ligne de comp. / conductor de comp.
Système à 4 fils / sistema a 4 cond. Blindaje
Blindage + 1. Ligne de compensation/ 1 + conductor de medición
Blindaje+ 1. conductor de compens. 2 - conductor de medición
1 Ligne de mesure/conductor de medición
2 Ligne de mesure/conductor de medición
3 2.Ligne de comp./2.conductor de comp.
Fig.2 Fig.3

3
Deutsch/English Français/Español
Technische Daten Caractéristiques techniques
Werkstoffe Matériaux
Gehäuse Aluminium, Druckguß Boîtier Aluminium, coulé sous pression
Hülse / Verschraubung Messing, blank Gaine / Fermeture Laiton, mat
filetée
Kabelverschraubung Messing, vernickelt
Passe-câble à vis Laiton, nickelé
Pt100 Ausgang Meßwiderstand nach IEC 751
Sortie PT100 Résistance de précision IEC 751

Isolation 500V, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.,


Tension 500 V, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.,
Messleitung gegen Masse câble de mesurage contre la masse
Stromausgang (Option) Sortie du courant (option)
Versorgungsspannung DC: 10..36V ungeregelt, Tension d'alimentation DC: 10..36 V non régulé
max. 10% Restwelligkeit, max. 10% d'ondulation résiduelle,
verpolungssicher protégé des inversions de polarité
Ausgangssignal 4..20mA Signal de sortie 4..20mA
Max. Bürde 750Ω z.B. Ub=24VDC, (Bild4) Charge max. 750Ω par exemple Ub=24VDC (Fig. 4)

Wiederholgenauigkeit ≤± 0,1% vom Endwert Reproductibilité ≤± 0,1% de la valeur totale

Betriebs- und Umgebungsbedingungen Conditions d'exploitation et conditions


Umgebungstemperatur -40..80°C (Pt100 Ausgang) ambiantes
-20..80°C (4..20mA Ausgang) Température ambiante -40..80°C (Sortie Pt100)
Schutzart IP55 nach DIN VDE 0470-1. -20..80°C (Sortie 4..20mA)
Die Kombihülse ist belüftet.
Protection IP55 d'après DIN VDE 0470-1.
Aufstellung Innenraum und Freiluft La sonde double est ventilé.

Einbaulage Beliebig Disposition A l'intérieur et à l'extérieur


Position d'installation Indifférente
Technical specifications
Datos técnicos
Materials
Case Aluminium, die cast Materiales
Caja Aluminio, fundición a presión
Well / Thread Brass
Vaina / atornillado Latón, brillante
Cable gland Brass, nickled
Atornillado de cables Latón, niquelado
Pt100 output Measuring resistance to IEC 751
Salida Pt100 Resistencia de medición según IEC 751

Insulation 500V, 50/60 Hz, 1 min., measuring


Tensión 500 V, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.,
lead against ground cable de medición contra tierra

Current output (option) Salida de corriente (opción)


Supply DC: 10..36V unregulated, Tensión de DC: 10..36V no regulada,
max. 10% residual ripple, alimentación máx. 10% ondulación remanente,
protected against reverse polarity protegido contra polaridad inversa

Output signal 4..20mA Señal de salida 4..20mA


Maximum load 750Ω for Ub=24VDC, (Fig.4) Carga máx. 750Ω, p. ej. Ub=24VDC. (Fig. 4)
Exactitud repetición ≤± 0,1% del valor final
Repeat accuracy ≤± 0,1% at the maximum value
Condiciones de servicio y ambientales
Ambient conditions Temperatura ambiente -40..80°C (Salida Pt100)
Ambient temperature -40..80°C (Pt100 output) -20..80°C (Salida 4..20mA)
-20..80°C (4..20mA output)
Tipo de protección IP55 según DIN VDE 0470-1.
Protection IP55 to DIN VDE 0470-1. La Vaina Doble está ventilada.
The Combi Well is ventilated.
Colocación Espacio interior y aire libre
Location Indoor and out of doors Posicionamiento Arbitrario
Positioning Any Hersteller / Manufacturer / Fabricant / Fabricante
MESSKO GmbH
Gablonzer Strasse 25 - 27
D-61440 Oberursel
' +49 (0) 6171/6398-0
. +49 (0) 6171/6398-98
E-Mail info@messko.de
Bild4 / Fig.4 Internet http://www.messko.de

4
www.messko.com
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 0
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 98
www.messko.com
MESSKO® COMPACT Type Series
Messko-Platz 1 E-mail: info@messko.com
D-61440 Oberursel, Germany Internet: www.messko.com Temperature Measuring Systems for Transformers

MT-ST160SK (TT) / MT-ST160W(R) (TT) Technical data

Housing (standard) Steel plate, galvanized


Mounting ring and housing Powder coated, Bayonet fixing ring with Silicone seal
Viewing glass Laminated safety glass with UV filter
Temperature sensor Brass, bright
Mounting plate Stainless steel

Capillary tube Copper capillary with insulating PVC tube; or additional flexible
stainless-steel tube

Cable gland 4 x M25 x 1.5 brass, nickel-plated


Thread joint double thread G1B, ‰ BSP1”; brass bright

Characteristic data

Measuring range -20 ... 140° C or 0 ... 160° C


Tolerance Category 1 as per DIN EN 13190
Place of installation Indoors and outdoors, tropic-proof
Ambient temperature -50 ... 80° C for the electronics (compensated)
Degree of protection IP55 as per DIN VDE 0470-1

Ventilation Thanks to the ventilation system included, the viewing glass will
remain mist-free up to a level of 80 % of relative humidity

Maximum pointer All thermometers are equipped with a resettable maximum pointer in red
Weight approx. 2.5 kgs (6 metres of capillary line)

Micro-switches

Quantity 1 ... 6 adjustable micro-switches (1 … 4 change-over switches)

Contact load AC: 250 V / 5 A / cos G = 1


DC: 250 V / 0.4 A (non-inductive)
110 V / 0.6 A; 60 V / 1 A; 24 V / 4 A (non-inductive)

Switching interval 6 % of the measuring range


Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO10)
Rated insulation voltage AC: 2.500 V / 1 min
Switching hysteresis Approx. 5° C
Terminals min. 0.25 mm2 / max. 2.5 mm2

Important note: The information contained in all of our publications


may differ in detail from the actual equipment delivered.
We reserve the right to make changes without notice.
IN2060/02/01 EN • 01/13 • Art. no. MS99082701 • Printed in Germany • © Messko GmbH 2013
Compactness has a name – MESSKO® COMPACT MESSKO® COMPACT – the “simple” measurment MESSKO® COMPACT – as flexible as the tasks it manages

Switching signal
Direct display
Highlights at the 1 MT-ST160SK (TT) / MT-ST160W(R) (TT) (Ø 160 mm) TT30 understands even the most diverse types of sensor signals
Transformer transformer which makes TT30 an epitome of versatility for just about any mon-
• extremely long-lived and functionally reliable The main application of pointer thermometer types MT-ST160SK (TT) itoring task: be it temperature, position, pressure or flow monitoring
• Bourdon tube: precise and robust, without additional mechanical elements 1 1 and MT-ST160W(R) (TT) is temperature monitoring (winding/oil) in – the TT30 can do it all.
• Oil & winding temperature remote indication without additional devices power transformers or large-size distribution transformers. They are
• quick and easy gradient setting with fixed resistors (thermal image) equipped with micro-switches for external switching processes (ven- Input signals Analog output signals
• ambient temperature compensation: no modification required – tilation control, alarm, trip) and are quick and easy to install. These PT100 (RTD) (3-conductor 0 ... 1 mA
not even for extreme environments robust pointer thermometers have been designed specifically for use connection) 0 ... 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
• output signal: 4 … 20 mA under even the most diverse and exacting environmental conditions 4 ... 20 mA (2-conductor 4 ... 20 mA (Error signal < 3.6 mA)
• in combination with the signal converter: (heat, cold, ambient humidity). The measuring system (Bourdon tube, connection) 4 ... 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
analog signals: 0 … 1 mA, 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA; capillary tube, sensor) guarantees high-precision temperature displays 0 ... 20 mA (3-conductor Digital output signals
relay output; digital signals: RS 485 Oil temperature Winding temperature without any need for re-calibration or readjustments, not even after connection) RS485
• no need of re-adjustments and/or re-calibration decades of use! 0 ... 5 V (3-conductor Relay output
connection)
The detecting element

The detecting element is normally angled at 60°, with an installa- 5 Signal converter IgT-MU
tionlengh of 150 mm and doubled threaded union. The detecting
element and the thread are made out of brass (G1B). The IgT-MU signal converter is used to shape and isolate a direct
current to form an injected direct current and/or a DC voltage
Other dimensions and materials are available on request. signal.
Galvanic isolation is performed by an optocoupler. Both outputs are
Microswitch setting (switching distance) stable at no load and short-circuiting.
Input signals Output signals
1+2 Narrow setting, standard 1+2 / 3+4 Narrow setting 4 ... 20 mA (2-wire connection) 1 ... 5 VDC; 4 ... 20 mA
Signal 0 ... 10 mA; 0...10 VDC
Switchgear cubicle
conversion 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0 ... 5 VDC; 0 ... 20 mA

Signal output, 6 Electronic Indicator EI 100/160


5 4 analog < 1K min. 6 % min. 6% < 1K min. 12 % < 1K

Signal converter The “electronic indicator EI 100/160” shows the temperature or


Signal converter TT30 Signal output, a percentage output of any sensor. The information is indicated
Signal converter IgT-MU digital with an analog indicator instrument and a digital LCD display. The
2 Digital indicator D1272AT
optional built-in max. memorized value can be reset by hand. The
input signal is 4 … 20 mA. The voltage supply is 24 VDC. The EI 100
The digital indicator types D1272AT are used in the digital remote
can be mounted with a holder (figure 1) or with a support (figure 2)
display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are connected
in the switchgear cubicle. The EI 160 (figure 3) can be mounted in
with the analog output (4 … 20 mA). The optional selection of two
the switchgear cubicle or directly on the transformer.The EI 100/160
freely adjustable limit value contacts and of various different output
is the 010010000101
010010000101
ideal supplement for the thermometer with temperature
Analog output Digital Output, RS 485 Standard signals (4 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V) for further signal processing 1001000101100
1001000101100
transmitter (TT = 4 … 20 mA) and can also be used in combination
0111010010010
0111010010010
Remote is available as well.
with “signal converter TT30”. The measured value can be presented
indication in the in % or °C depending on the application.
Control room control room 3 Moving-coil instrument PQ96 / PQ144
2 3 6
Redundant The moving-coil instrument types PQ96 and PQ144 are used in the
system analog remote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and
are connected with the analog output (4 … 20 mA).

4 Signal converter TT30: maximum flexibility in adaptation and


Self-sufficient and non-energy dependent pointer Analog output a maximum variety of signals
thermometer featuring the following requirement profile:
Digital display Analog display
The TT30 signal converter’s task is the conversion of sensor signals
• robust and long-lived technology (Bourdon tube) Supervisory room into analog and digital process signals. The TT30’s user-friendly de-
• functionally reliable and accurate
sign allows quick and easy adaptation – both mechanical and electro-
• vibration-proof and outdoor-proof
nic – to even the most diverse types of sensors. It’s so easy to handle
• easy to install and commission
SCADA-System
it can even be integrated into existing systems at a later date, with-
• low-maintenance
out any need for modification work. That way, even older systems can
be upgraded and made fit for remote measuring display tasks in the
supervisory room. That’s why we call our TT30 concept ‘Retrofit’. The Fig. 1 El with clamp Fig. 2 El with support Fig. 3 EI 160
Compactness has a name – MESSKO® COMPACT MESSKO® COMPACT – the “simple” measurment MESSKO® COMPACT – as flexible as the tasks it manages

Switching signal
Direct display
Highlights at the 1 MT-ST160SK (TT) / MT-ST160W(R) (TT) (Ø 160 mm) TT30 understands even the most diverse types of sensor signals
Transformer transformer which makes TT30 an epitome of versatility for just about any mon-
• extremely long-lived and functionally reliable The main application of pointer thermometer types MT-ST160SK (TT) itoring task: be it temperature, position, pressure or flow monitoring
• Bourdon tube: precise and robust, without additional mechanical elements 1 1 and MT-ST160W(R) (TT) is temperature monitoring (winding/oil) in – the TT30 can do it all.
• Oil & winding temperature remote indication without additional devices power transformers or large-size distribution transformers. They are
• quick and easy gradient setting with fixed resistors (thermal image) equipped with micro-switches for external switching processes (ven- Input signals Analog output signals
• ambient temperature compensation: no modification required – tilation control, alarm, trip) and are quick and easy to install. These PT100 (RTD) (3-conductor 0 ... 1 mA
not even for extreme environments robust pointer thermometers have been designed specifically for use connection) 0 ... 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
• output signal: 4 … 20 mA under even the most diverse and exacting environmental conditions 4 ... 20 mA (2-conductor 4 ... 20 mA (Error signal < 3.6 mA)
• in combination with the signal converter: (heat, cold, ambient humidity). The measuring system (Bourdon tube, connection) 4 ... 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
analog signals: 0 … 1 mA, 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA; capillary tube, sensor) guarantees high-precision temperature displays 0 ... 20 mA (3-conductor Digital output signals
relay output; digital signals: RS 485 Oil temperature Winding temperature without any need for re-calibration or readjustments, not even after connection) RS485
• no need of re-adjustments and/or re-calibration decades of use! 0 ... 5 V (3-conductor Relay output
connection)
The detecting element

The detecting element is normally angled at 60°, with an installa- 5 Signal converter IgT-MU
tionlengh of 150 mm and doubled threaded union. The detecting
element and the thread are made out of brass (G1B). The IgT-MU signal converter is used to shape and isolate a direct
current to form an injected direct current and/or a DC voltage
Other dimensions and materials are available on request. signal.
Galvanic isolation is performed by an optocoupler. Both outputs are
Microswitch setting (switching distance) stable at no load and short-circuiting.
Input signals Output signals
1+2 Narrow setting, standard 1+2 / 3+4 Narrow setting 4 ... 20 mA (2-wire connection) 1 ... 5 VDC; 4 ... 20 mA
Signal 0 ... 10 mA; 0...10 VDC
Switchgear cubicle
conversion 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0 ... 5 VDC; 0 ... 20 mA

Signal output, 6 Electronic Indicator EI 100/160


5 4 analog < 1K min. 6 % min. 6% < 1K min. 12 % < 1K

Signal converter The “electronic indicator EI 100/160” shows the temperature or


Signal converter TT30 Signal output, a percentage output of any sensor. The information is indicated
Signal converter IgT-MU digital with an analog indicator instrument and a digital LCD display. The
2 Digital indicator D1272AT
optional built-in max. memorized value can be reset by hand. The
input signal is 4 … 20 mA. The voltage supply is 24 VDC. The EI 100
The digital indicator types D1272AT are used in the digital remote
can be mounted with a holder (figure 1) or with a support (figure 2)
display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are connected
in the switchgear cubicle. The EI 160 (figure 3) can be mounted in
with the analog output (4 … 20 mA). The optional selection of two
the switchgear cubicle or directly on the transformer.The EI 100/160
freely adjustable limit value contacts and of various different output
is the 010010000101
010010000101
ideal supplement for the thermometer with temperature
Analog output Digital Output, RS 485 Standard signals (4 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V) for further signal processing 1001000101100
1001000101100
transmitter (TT = 4 … 20 mA) and can also be used in combination
0111010010010
0111010010010
Remote is available as well.
with “signal converter TT30”. The measured value can be presented
indication in the in % or °C depending on the application.
Control room control room 3 Moving-coil instrument PQ96 / PQ144
2 3 6
Redundant The moving-coil instrument types PQ96 and PQ144 are used in the
system analog remote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and
are connected with the analog output (4 … 20 mA).

4 Signal converter TT30: maximum flexibility in adaptation and


Self-sufficient and non-energy dependent pointer Analog output a maximum variety of signals
thermometer featuring the following requirement profile:
Digital display Analog display
The TT30 signal converter’s task is the conversion of sensor signals
• robust and long-lived technology (Bourdon tube) Supervisory room into analog and digital process signals. The TT30’s user-friendly de-
• functionally reliable and accurate
sign allows quick and easy adaptation – both mechanical and electro-
• vibration-proof and outdoor-proof
nic – to even the most diverse types of sensors. It’s so easy to handle
• easy to install and commission
SCADA-System
it can even be integrated into existing systems at a later date, with-
• low-maintenance
out any need for modification work. That way, even older systems can
be upgraded and made fit for remote measuring display tasks in the
supervisory room. That’s why we call our TT30 concept ‘Retrofit’. The Fig. 1 El with clamp Fig. 2 El with support Fig. 3 EI 160
Compactness has a name – MESSKO® COMPACT MESSKO® COMPACT – the “simple” measurment MESSKO® COMPACT – as flexible as the tasks it manages

Switching signal
Direct display
Highlights at the 1 MT-ST160SK (TT) / MT-ST160W(R) (TT) (Ø 160 mm) TT30 understands even the most diverse types of sensor signals
Transformer transformer which makes TT30 an epitome of versatility for just about any mon-
• extremely long-lived and functionally reliable The main application of pointer thermometer types MT-ST160SK (TT) itoring task: be it temperature, position, pressure or flow monitoring
• Bourdon tube: precise and robust, without additional mechanical elements 1 1 and MT-ST160W(R) (TT) is temperature monitoring (winding/oil) in – the TT30 can do it all.
• Oil & winding temperature remote indication without additional devices power transformers or large-size distribution transformers. They are
• quick and easy gradient setting with fixed resistors (thermal image) equipped with micro-switches for external switching processes (ven- Input signals Analog output signals
• ambient temperature compensation: no modification required – tilation control, alarm, trip) and are quick and easy to install. These PT100 (RTD) (3-conductor 0 ... 1 mA
not even for extreme environments robust pointer thermometers have been designed specifically for use connection) 0 ... 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
• output signal: 4 … 20 mA under even the most diverse and exacting environmental conditions 4 ... 20 mA (2-conductor 4 ... 20 mA (Error signal < 3.6 mA)
• in combination with the signal converter: (heat, cold, ambient humidity). The measuring system (Bourdon tube, connection) 4 ... 20 mA (Error signal > 22 mA)
analog signals: 0 … 1 mA, 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA; capillary tube, sensor) guarantees high-precision temperature displays 0 ... 20 mA (3-conductor Digital output signals
relay output; digital signals: RS 485 Oil temperature Winding temperature without any need for re-calibration or readjustments, not even after connection) RS485
• no need of re-adjustments and/or re-calibration decades of use! 0 ... 5 V (3-conductor Relay output
connection)
The detecting element

The detecting element is normally angled at 60°, with an installa- 5 Signal converter IgT-MU
tionlengh of 150 mm and doubled threaded union. The detecting
element and the thread are made out of brass (G1B). The IgT-MU signal converter is used to shape and isolate a direct
current to form an injected direct current and/or a DC voltage
Other dimensions and materials are available on request. signal.
Galvanic isolation is performed by an optocoupler. Both outputs are
Microswitch setting (switching distance) stable at no load and short-circuiting.
Input signals Output signals
1+2 Narrow setting, standard 1+2 / 3+4 Narrow setting 4 ... 20 mA (2-wire connection) 1 ... 5 VDC; 4 ... 20 mA
Signal 0 ... 10 mA; 0...10 VDC
Switchgear cubicle
conversion 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0 ... 5 VDC; 0 ... 20 mA

Signal output, 6 Electronic Indicator EI 100/160


5 4 analog < 1K min. 6 % min. 6% < 1K min. 12 % < 1K

Signal converter The “electronic indicator EI 100/160” shows the temperature or


Signal converter TT30 Signal output, a percentage output of any sensor. The information is indicated
Signal converter IgT-MU digital with an analog indicator instrument and a digital LCD display. The
2 Digital indicator D1272AT
optional built-in max. memorized value can be reset by hand. The
input signal is 4 … 20 mA. The voltage supply is 24 VDC. The EI 100
The digital indicator types D1272AT are used in the digital remote
can be mounted with a holder (figure 1) or with a support (figure 2)
display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and are connected
in the switchgear cubicle. The EI 160 (figure 3) can be mounted in
with the analog output (4 … 20 mA). The optional selection of two
the switchgear cubicle or directly on the transformer.The EI 100/160
freely adjustable limit value contacts and of various different output
is the 010010000101
010010000101
ideal supplement for the thermometer with temperature
Analog output Digital Output, RS 485 Standard signals (4 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V) for further signal processing 1001000101100
1001000101100
transmitter (TT = 4 … 20 mA) and can also be used in combination
0111010010010
0111010010010
Remote is available as well.
with “signal converter TT30”. The measured value can be presented
indication in the in % or °C depending on the application.
Control room control room 3 Moving-coil instrument PQ96 / PQ144
2 3 6
Redundant The moving-coil instrument types PQ96 and PQ144 are used in the
system analog remote display of the oil and/or winding temperatures, and
are connected with the analog output (4 … 20 mA).

4 Signal converter TT30: maximum flexibility in adaptation and


Self-sufficient and non-energy dependent pointer Analog output a maximum variety of signals
thermometer featuring the following requirement profile:
Digital display Analog display
The TT30 signal converter’s task is the conversion of sensor signals
• robust and long-lived technology (Bourdon tube) Supervisory room into analog and digital process signals. The TT30’s user-friendly de-
• functionally reliable and accurate
sign allows quick and easy adaptation – both mechanical and electro-
• vibration-proof and outdoor-proof
nic – to even the most diverse types of sensors. It’s so easy to handle
• easy to install and commission
SCADA-System
it can even be integrated into existing systems at a later date, with-
• low-maintenance
out any need for modification work. That way, even older systems can
be upgraded and made fit for remote measuring display tasks in the
supervisory room. That’s why we call our TT30 concept ‘Retrofit’. The Fig. 1 El with clamp Fig. 2 El with support Fig. 3 EI 160
www.messko.com
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 0
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 98
www.messko.com
MESSKO® COMPACT Type Series
Messko-Platz 1 E-mail: info@messko.com
D-61440 Oberursel, Germany Internet: www.messko.com Temperature Measuring Systems for Transformers

MT-ST160SK (TT) / MT-ST160W(R) (TT) Technical data

Housing (standard) Steel plate, galvanized


Mounting ring and housing Powder coated, Bayonet fixing ring with Silicone seal
Viewing glass Laminated safety glass with UV filter
Temperature sensor Brass, bright
Mounting plate Stainless steel

Capillary tube Copper capillary with insulating PVC tube; or additional flexible
stainless-steel tube

Cable gland 4 x M25 x 1.5 brass, nickel-plated


Thread joint double thread G1B, ‰ BSP1”; brass bright

Characteristic data

Measuring range -20 ... 140° C or 0 ... 160° C


Tolerance Category 1 as per DIN EN 13190
Place of installation Indoors and outdoors, tropic-proof
Ambient temperature -50 ... 80° C for the electronics (compensated)
Degree of protection IP55 as per DIN VDE 0470-1

Ventilation Thanks to the ventilation system included, the viewing glass will
remain mist-free up to a level of 80 % of relative humidity

Maximum pointer All thermometers are equipped with a resettable maximum pointer in red
Weight approx. 2.5 kgs (6 metres of capillary line)

Micro-switches

Quantity 1 ... 6 adjustable micro-switches (1 … 4 change-over switches)

Contact load AC: 250 V / 5 A / cos G = 1


DC: 250 V / 0.4 A (non-inductive)
110 V / 0.6 A; 60 V / 1 A; 24 V / 4 A (non-inductive)

Switching interval 6 % of the measuring range


Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO10)
Rated insulation voltage AC: 2.500 V / 1 min
Switching hysteresis Approx. 5° C
Terminals min. 0.25 mm2 / max. 2.5 mm2

Important note: The information contained in all of our publications


may differ in detail from the actual equipment delivered.
We reserve the right to make changes without notice.
IN2060/02/01 EN • 01/13 • Art. no. MS99082701 • Printed in Germany • © Messko GmbH 2013
www.messko.com
Messko GmbH
Gewerbegebiet An den Drei Hasen
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 0
+49 (0)6171 / 6398 - 98
www.messko.com
MESSKO® COMPACT Type Series
Messko-Platz 1 E-mail: info@messko.com
D-61440 Oberursel, Germany Internet: www.messko.com Temperature Measuring Systems for Transformers

MT-ST160SK (TT) / MT-ST160W(R) (TT) Technical data

Housing (standard) Steel plate, galvanized


Mounting ring and housing Powder coated, Bayonet fixing ring with Silicone seal
Viewing glass Laminated safety glass with UV filter
Temperature sensor Brass, bright
Mounting plate Stainless steel

Capillary tube Copper capillary with insulating PVC tube; or additional flexible
stainless-steel tube

Cable gland 4 x M25 x 1.5 brass, nickel-plated


Thread joint double thread G1B, ‰ BSP1”; brass bright

Characteristic data

Measuring range -20 ... 140° C or 0 ... 160° C


Tolerance Category 1 as per DIN EN 13190
Place of installation Indoors and outdoors, tropic-proof
Ambient temperature -50 ... 80° C for the electronics (compensated)
Degree of protection IP55 as per DIN VDE 0470-1

Ventilation Thanks to the ventilation system included, the viewing glass will
remain mist-free up to a level of 80 % of relative humidity

Maximum pointer All thermometers are equipped with a resettable maximum pointer in red
Weight approx. 2.5 kgs (6 metres of capillary line)

Micro-switches

Quantity 1 ... 6 adjustable micro-switches (1 … 4 change-over switches)

Contact load AC: 250 V / 5 A / cos G = 1


DC: 250 V / 0.4 A (non-inductive)
110 V / 0.6 A; 60 V / 1 A; 24 V / 4 A (non-inductive)

Switching interval 6 % of the measuring range


Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO10)
Rated insulation voltage AC: 2.500 V / 1 min
Switching hysteresis Approx. 5° C
Terminals min. 0.25 mm2 / max. 2.5 mm2

Important note: The information contained in all of our publications


may differ in detail from the actual equipment delivered.
We reserve the right to make changes without notice.
IN2060/02/01 EN • 01/13 • Art. no. MS99082701 • Printed in Germany • © Messko GmbH 2013
/Contents

!
32 16 8 4 2 1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O
N N
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O O O
N N N N

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
O O
N N
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.13 Oil Level Indicator (OIL LEVEL MONITORING)


Page / Version Date
Sheet
No.
Position in the dimension CL060
drawing:
Manufacturer: QUALITROL
Type: 039-008-01
Operating instructions: Operating instructions for OIL LEVEL
INDICATOR

ATTENTION
For the contact types of the protective and monitoring devices, please see the circuit
diagram.

WARNING
Before connection or manipulation at the contacts (terminals), verify voltage freeness on
all sides and all pins.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–12


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.14 Pressure Relief Valve (PRESSURE MONITORING)


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension CP081
drawing:
Manufacturer: Qualitrol
Type: XPRD
Operating instructions: Operating instructions for Pressure
relief valve

ATTENTION
For the contact types of the protective and monitoring devices, please see the circuit
diagram.

WARNING
Before connection or manipulation at the contacts (terminals), verify voltage freeness on
all sides and all pins.

DANGER
If a pressure relief valve triggers (pressure in the tank too high), there is a high risk of
injury by hot insulation oil spraying out under pressure.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–13


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
IST-053-1

Large Pressure Relief Device


Operating and Testing Instructions

Background
The Qualitrol Series 208/213/216/LPRD00 Large Pressure Relief Devices (PRD)
are designed to be able to relieve large volumes of gas or insulating fluid rapidly
when the pressure inside a transformer reaches a pre-determined limit. The
purpose of this specification sheet is to supply customers with a means of
replicating the factory test procedure, and to offer recommendations for application.
Operating Specifications (unless otherwise noted)
*At rate of rise of 2 psi/sec or greater:

Nominal Operating Tolerance


Pressure
5 PSI - 15 PSI ± 1 PSI
16 PSI - 20 PSI ± 2 PSI

The unit will exhaust rapidly with a loud, percussive “bang” and reseal at
approximately one half its normal operating pressure. When testing, allow at least
one hour between operations; the PRD may operate at a lower pressure if re-tested
earlier.
*At rates of rise less than 2 psi/sec the tolerance on the operating pressure doubles
and the unit may release pressure slowly (“hiss”) without actuating the indicator or
optional alarm switch.
Verification Testing
The required testing apparatus is detailed on the attached sheet.
Application Recommendations
Qualitrol pressure relief devices are usually mounted in the horizontal position,
topside up. Although the horizontal position is recommended, the device may be
mounted on its side (vertical plane). Any pressure head due to side mounting or to
conservator tanks (approximately 0.5 psi/foot for petroleum based insulating oils)
should be taken into consideration when determining operating pressure, and
allowance should be made for the tolerances of the slower rate of pressure rise. A
tank opening of 5.25 inches or larger is recommended to maximize operational
response. Airflow through a 208/213/216/LPRD00 PRD with an operating pressure
of 10 PSI is approximately 8400 SCFM at 15 PSIG.
There is an optional shield available which allows the discharge flow to be
vented in a single direction.
Mounting the PRD
Tighten the bolts in an alternating pattern and repeat the pattern several times until
the flange is seated to the tank, mounting flange or plate.
IST-053-1
ECN 21879
1/25/01
IST-053-1

IST-053-1
ECN 21879
1/25/01
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.15 Dehydrating breather (OIL PROTECTION)


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Position in the dimension AT001/
drawing:
Manufacturer: CEDASPE
Operating instructions for
dehydrating breather

ATTENTION
For the contact types of the protective and monitoring devices, please see the circuit
diagram.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–14


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
9 Technical Documentation of the Heavy Part and Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

9.16 Oil Data-sheets


Page / Version Date
Sheet No.
Material safety data-sheet: See chapter 3.2.3

WARNING
We expressly alert you to the danger of fire from the insulating oil. For flashpoint, see
safety data-sheet.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 9–15


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
10 Test Certificates of Accessories
Siemens Energy Transformers

10 Test Certificates of Accessories


This chapter contains test certificates of all tests performed according to delivery contracts,
product specifications or instruction manuals / leaflets, not necessarily within the scope of the
standards specified at chapter 11, beside test certificates of tests performed by sub-suppliers.

No. Test certificate Supplier


1. Test certificate for Off-Circuit Tap Changer MR
2. Test certificate for control cubicle / connection box / terminal box Northeast power
transmitting and
transforming
3. Test certificate for bushings SHENYANG CHUANQI
/ABB/JIANGSU ZHIDA
4. Test certificate for current transformers with control measurement Nanjing zhengfang
5. Test certificate for fined radiator Shenyang tiantong
6. Test certificate for Buchholz relay EMB
7 Test certificate for oil temprature indicator MESSKO
8. Test certificate for winding temprature indicator MESSKO
9. Test certificate for oil level indicator QUALITROL
10 Test certificate for pressure relief device Qualitrol
11 Test certificate for dehydrating breather CEDASPE

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 10–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
11 Test Certificates of Transformer
Siemens Energy Transformers

11 Test Certificates of Transformer


This chapter contains all transformer test certificates performed at test bay according to IEC .

No. Test certificate Page


Test conclusion

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 11–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Test Report of Transformers Oil
变压器油试验报告
Entrusting party test field Oil number Sampling position bottom
委托单位: 试验站 油号: Nynas Libra 取样部位: 器身底部
Product number Product type
产品编号: 170801 产品型号: EDUN7554D

Item Quality standard


Measured value Test method
项目 标准参考IEC60422及协议要求
Specification Nynas Libra 测量值 试验方法
牌号
Breakdown voltage
>65 78.1 IEC60156
击穿电压 , kV
Dielectric dissipation factor
<0.5% 0.08% IEC60247
介质损耗因数(90℃,60Hz)
Water content
<10 5.7 IEC60814
水分,mg/kg
Note: Conclusion:qualified
注: 结论:合格

Analyst Approver Analyse date


试验员: 车彬 批准人: 蔡泽红 分析日期: 10/24/2022

Restricted
Chromatograph Analyse Test Report
色谱分析试验报告
Entrusting party test field Analyse date Implementing standard
委托单位: 试验站 分析日期: 10/24/2022 试验方法标准: IEC60567
Product Number Product type Accepting standard
产品序号: 170801 产品型号: EDUN7554D 接收标准: IEC61181

Oil Name Hydrogen Carbon monoxideCarbon dioxide Methane Ethylene Acetylene Ethane Sum of hydrocarbon Remarks
氢 一氧化碳 二氧化碳 甲烷 乙烯 乙炔 乙烷 烃总和
油 号 H2 uL/L CO uL/L CO2 uL/L CH4 uL/L C2H4 uL/L C2H2 uL/L C2H6 uL/L C1+C2 uL/L 备注

Nynas Libra 0.00 1.01 50.71 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.18

Illustration: Conclusion:gas content is qualified


说明: 结论:气体含量正常

Ambient temperature Relative humidity Barometric pressure Analyst Approver


试验时环境温度: 23.0°C 相对湿度: 51.5% 大气压: 101.8kPa 试验员: 车彬 批准人: 蔡泽红

Restricted
Test Report of Transformers Oil
变压器油试验报告
Entrusting party test field Oil number Sampling position bottom
委托单位: 试验站 油号: Nynas Libra 取样部位: 油罐底部
Product number Product type
产品编号: 457 产品型号: Nynas Libra

Item Quality standard


Measured value Test method
项目 标准参考IEC60422及协议要求
Specification Nynas Libra 测量值 试验方法
牌号
Breakdown voltage
>65 82.8 IEC60156
击穿电压 , kV
Dielectric dissipation factor
<0.5% 0.10% IEC60247
介质损耗因数(90℃,60Hz)
Water content
<10 6.0 IEC60814
水分,mg/kg
Note: Conclusion:qualified
注: For V170801~03 结论:合格

Analyst Approver Analyse date


试验员: 车彬 批准人: 蔡泽红 分析日期: 11/6/2022

Restricted
Chromatograph Analyse Test Report
色谱分析试验报告
Entrusting party test field Analyse date Implementing standard
委托单位: 试验站 分析日期: 11/6/2022 试验方法标准: IEC60567
Product Number Product type Accepting standard
产品序号: 457 产品型号: Nynas Libra 接收标准: IEC61181

Oil Name Hydrogen Carbon monoxideCarbon dioxide Methane Ethylene Acetylene Ethane Sum of hydrocarbon Remarks
氢 一氧化碳 二氧化碳 甲烷 乙烯 乙炔 乙烷 烃总和
油 号 H2 uL/L CO uL/L CO2 uL/L CH4 uL/L C2H4 uL/L C2H2 uL/L C2H6 uL/L C1+C2 uL/L 备注

Nynas Libra 0.00 2.70 101.02 0.19 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.19

Illustration: Conclusion:gas content is qualified


说明: 结论:气体含量正常

Ambient temperature Relative humidity Barometric pressure Analyst Approver


试验时环境温度: 22.0°C 相对湿度: 40.6% 大气压: 101.6kPa 试验员: 车彬 批准人: 蔡泽红

Restricted
12 Drawings
Siemens Energy Transformers

12 Drawings
No. Name Drawing No. Sheet Rev.
Dimension drawing of transformer
1. Dimension partlist drawing V04 32 845-01
2. Dimension drawing V04 32 845
3. Nameplate drawing V04 32 849
5. Transportation drawing V04 32 846
6. Temperature control circuit drawing V04 30 911
7. Operating instruction for transformer

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 12–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Protection Value
V170801-03
Setting
Item Monitoring Device Type Signal
values with unit
Buchholz relay Alarm 250~300ml
1 EMB BF80/10/8
瓦斯继电器 Trip 1.0±15%m/s
Pressure relief valve for main
2 tank QUALITROL XPRD Trip 8±1PSI
本体压力释放阀
Oil Temperature Indicator
3 MESSKO XK2454 (MT-ST160F) Temperature Alarm: 80℃,Trip: 100℃
油温度表
Winding Temperature Indicator
4 MESSKO XK2464 (MT-STW160F2) Temperature Alarm: 90℃,Trip: 110℃
绕组温度表
Temperature difference between
5 ONAF:HV:15.1K,LV:14.9K,TV:16.0K
oil and winding 铜油温差
Main Tank Oil Level Gauge
6 QUALITROL(LLG039) Alarm MAX MIN
主油位计
v170801 2022

18.69
0.050
87.93 12.04
90.88 11.38 14.6
95.11 10.86
v170801
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

C
Drawing / document description: Schematic diagram
Diagrama esquemático

Substation name: PERU ENEL PROJECT

D Project drawing number: V04 30 911-01

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 0
V170801~03 Title page
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A Table of contents
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Page Page description Page Page description


0 Title page 33 Terminal diagram +GH009-X2
1 Table of contents 34 Terminal diagram +GH009-X3
2 Tarts list 35 Terminal diagram +GH009-X4
3 Device list-current transformers 36 Terminal diagram +GH009-X5
4 Device list 37 Terminal diagram +GH009-X6
B
5 Device list 38 Terminal diagram +GH009-X6
6 Device list 39 Terminal diagram +GH009-X7
7 Device list 40 Terminal diagram +GH009-X8
8 Device list 41 Terminal diagram +GH009-X9
9 Device list 42 Terminal diagram +GH009-X10
10 Device list

C 11 Device list
12 Device list-electronic temp. monitor
13 Device list-SEL-2523
14 AC supply and cooling groups
15 Cubicle heating,lighting,outlet
16 220VAC Supply
17 125VDC Supply
18 Cooling control
D
19 Transformer temperature measurement
20 Transformer temperature measurement
21 Transformer protection and signalization
22 Transformer protection and signalization
23 Transformer signalization
24 Transformer signalization
25 Transformer signalization
E
26 Control cabinet
27 Control cabinet
28 Control cabinet
29 Terminal diagram +GH009-X0
30 Terminal diagram +GH009-X1
31 Terminal diagram +GH009-X2
32 Terminal diagram +GH009-X2
F

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 1
V170801~03 Table of contents
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Parts list
A
Technical
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Device tag Quantity Description Function Type number Manufacturer Pos


Characteristic
Placement QU

Device tag Quantity Description Technical Function Type number Manufacturer Pos
Characteristic
Placement QU

-X0
7 TERMINAL BLOCKS AUXILLIARY AC SUPPLY UK5N PHOENIX 1

-X1
B 3 TERMINAL BLOCKS AC SUPPLY UK35 PHOENIX 1

-X1
1 TERMINAL BLOCKS AC SUPPLY USLKG35N PHOENIX 1

-X1
6 TERMINAL BLOCKS AC SUPPLY UK5N PHOENIX 1

-X2
100 TERMINAL BLOCKS PROTECTION AND SIGNALISATION UT4 PHOENIX 1

-X3
15 TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR MOTOR PHASES AND EARTH UK5N PHOENIX 1

C -X4
8 TERMINAL BLOCKS CUPPENT TRANSFORMERS URTK/S PHOENIX 1

-X5
10 TERMINAL BLOCKS DC SUPPLY UK5N PHOENIX 1

-X6
60 TERMINAL BLOCKS PROTECTION AND SIGNALISATION UT4 PHOENIX 1

-X7
30 TERMINAL BLOCKS PROTECTION AND SIGNALISATION UT4 PHOENIX 1

-X8
20 TERMINAL BLOCKS EARTHING TERMINALS USLKG6N PHOENIX 1

D -X9
20 TERMINAL BLOCKS AC SUPPLY UK5N PHOENIX 1

-X10
15 TERMINAL BLOCKS PROTECTION AND SIGNALISATION UK5N PHOENIX 1

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 2
V170801~03 Parts list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Parts list
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION
DEVICE / DEVICE REFERENCE
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Manufacturer: NAN JING ZHENGFANG +TR /20.2B /20.4B

TC2 TC1
CURRENT TRANSFORMER, 60HZ U U
2X1 1X1
TC2/2X1-2X2: 400/5A; 20VA; CLASS 3
TC1/1X1-1X2: 400/2A; 20VA; CLASS 3

2X2 1X2

C
Manufacturer: NAN JING ZHENGFANG +TR /21.3B

TC3
CURRENT TRANSFORMER, 60HZ u
3X1
TC3/3X1-3X2: 1220/5A; 20VA; CLASS 3

D 3X2

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 3
V170801~03 Device list - current transformers
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DEVICE LIST
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Type: DBF2-5Q8

U V W PE
Manufacturer: CHINA XIAN
FAN 0.25KW 1.5A M
3

+TR -AN701 FAN 1 MOTOR


B /14.4F

+TR -AN702 FAN 2 MOTOR


/14.5F

+TR -AN703 FAN 3 MOTOR


3 /14.6F
Type: BF80

13 23 33
PE
Manufacturer: EMB
BUCHHOLZ RELAY 14 24 34

C +TR -CF050 /21.3C /21.4C /21.4C /21.5C BUCHHOLZ RELAY


1
Type: MBR Sensor

WH

BU

RD

BK
Manufacturer: TREETECH
RM
BAG RUPTURE RELAY 13 15 16 6 7 8 14

MBR
1 2 3 10 11 12

+TR -RM BAG RUPTURE RELAY


1 /22.5D
D Type: 039

10
Manufacturer: QUALITROL
PE
OIL LEVEL INDICATOR
13 11

1 +TR -CL060 /22.4C /22.3C MAIN TANK OIL LEVEL INDICATOR


Type: COMBI WELL
E
1
Manufacturer: MESSKO
PE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2 3

+TR -CT021 OIL TEMPERATURE Pt100


1 /19.7B

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 4
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DEVICE LIST
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Type: XPRD 0,55bar

Manufacturer: QUALITROL 12 14 22 24
PE
PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE 0,55bar P P
2CO CONTACT, MILITARY TYPE CONNECTOR WITH 11 21
CABLE

+TR -CP081 PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE


B 1 /21.5C /21.6C /21.5C
Type: COMBI WELL

1
Manufacturer: MESSKO
PE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2 3

+TR -CT022 OIL TEMPERATURE Pt100


1 /25.7B
C Type: AKM 48003

3
Manufacturer: QUALITROL
PE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1 2

1 +TR -CT023 /19.4B /19.5C OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Type: RTD 103-049
D
WH1 WH2
Manufacturer: QUALITROL
TEMPERATURE PROBE Pt100 FOR AMBIENT AIR
(4-WIRE) BL1 BL2

+TR -CT024 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE


1 /19.1B
Type: MT-ST160F

E Manufacturer: MESSKO 12 14 22 24 32 34 42 44
PE
OIL TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
11 21 31 41

+TR -CT031 FOR COOLING CONTROL


1 /18.5E / /19.9B /19.9B /19.8B

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 5
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DEVICE LIST
QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

A Type: MT-STW160F2
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Manufacturer: MESSKO 12 14 22 24 32 34 42 44
PE
WINDING TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
11 21 31 41

+TR -CT033 FOR COOLING CONTROL


1 /18.5E / /20.9B /20.9B /20.8B
Type: ZT-F2.1 (Pt100)
B
1 4
Manufacturer: MESSKO
PE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
3 3a

+TR -CT050 WINDING TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1 /20.5B /20.6B /20.7C
Type: 01140.0-00

C Manufacturer: STEGO 1
THERMOSTAT Θ
2

+GH009 -B11 FOR CONTROL CUBICLE


1 /15.6C
Type: 01220.0-00

Manufacturer: STEGO 1
D HYGROSTAT
2

+GH009 -B12 FOR CONTROL CUBICLE


1 /15.6C
Type: 14008.0-00

Manufacturer: STEGO 1
PE
HEATER
E 2

+GH009 -E1 FOR CONTROL CUBICLE


1 /15.6D

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 6
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DEVICE LIST
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Type: 04640.0-00

Manufacturer: RITTAL 1
PE
220 V AC, 50/60Hz, 250W
2

+GH009 -E2 FOR CONTROL CUBICLE


B 1 /15.6D
Type: T5

Manufacturer: GUANGZHOU,CHINA 1

+GH009 -E3 FOR CONTROL CUBICLE


/15.7D
C +GH009 -E4 /15.7D FOR CONTROL CUBICLE
2
Type: SIE.5SY4310-7+5ST3010

Manufacturer: SIEMENS 1 3 5 13 21
THREE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC 2 4 6 14 22

+GH009 -F1 FAN 1 PROTECTION


1 /14.4C / /24.9C
D Type: SIE.5SY4350-7+5ST3010

Manufacturer: SIEMENS 1 3 5 13 21
THREE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC 2 4 6 14 22

+GH009 -F10 POWER SUPPLY 1


1 /14.2B / /24.3C
Type: SIE.5SY4302-7+5ST3010
E 1 3 5 13 21

Manufacturer: SIEMENS
2 4 6 14 22
THREE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC

1 +GH009 -F12 /15.3B / /24.4C AC SUPPLY 1 MEASUREMENT

Type: SIE.5SY4202-7+5ST3010

Manufacturer: SIEMENS 1 3 13 21

TWO POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER


F 2 4 14 22
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC

1 +GH009 -F13 /24.4C LIGHT SUPPLY


/15.7B /

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 7
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DEVICE LIST
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Type: SIE.5SY4202-7+5ST3010
1 3 13 21

Manufacturer: SIEMENS 2 4 14 22
TWO POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC

+GH009 -F14 HEATER SUPPLY


B 1 /15.6B / /24.4C
Type: SIE.5SY4206-7+5ST3010

Manufacturer: SIEMENS 1 3 21

TWO POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER


2 4 22
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC

1 +GH009 -F16 /16.3C /24.5C FOR DGA SUPPLY

C Type: SIE.5SY4202-7+5ST3010

Manufacturer: SIEMENS 1 3 21

TWO POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER


2 4 22
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC

+GH009 -F17 FOR DIGIBOX SUPPLY


1 /16.6C /24.5C
Type: SIE.5SY5206-7+5ST3010

D
Manufacturer: SIEMENS 1 3 21

TWO POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER


2 4 22
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC

+GH009 -F19 FOR CONTROL CIRCUIT


/17.1C /24.6C

+GH009 -F20 FOR TEMPERATURE MONITOR


/17.4C /24.7C
3 +GH009 -F22 /17.6C /24.7C FOR SUPERVISION

E Type: SIE.5SY5202-7+5ST3010

1 3 21
Manufacturer: SIEMENS
TWO POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER 2 4 22
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC

1 +GH009 -F21 /17.1C /24.6C FOR BAG RUPTURE RELAY

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 8
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DEVICE LIST
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Type: SIE.AF9-30-10-13

Manufacturer: ABB A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43
THREE POLE CONTACTOR 125V DC
AUXILIARY CONTACTS 1NO A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44

+GH009 -K1 FAN 1 CONTROL


B /18.7E /14.4E /14.4E /14.4E /24.4F / /

+GH009 -K2 FAN 2 CONTROL


/18.8E /14.6E /14.6E /14.6E /24.4F / /

+GH009 -K3 FAN 3 CONTROL


3 /18.8E /14.8E /14.8E /14.8E /24.5F / /
Type: SIE.NF40E-13

Manufacturer: ABB A1 13 23 33 43
AUXILIARY RELAY
AUXILIARY CONTACTS 4NO A2 14 24 34 44

+GH009 -K4 COOLING CONTROL FAN


1 /18.5F /18.8C /18.7C /24.8C /18.5F

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 9
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DEVICE LIST
QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

A Type: SIE.3UG4513-1BR20
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Manufacturer: SIEMENS L1 L2 L3 12 14 22 24
UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY
AUXILIARY CONTACT 2CO 11 21

+GH009 -K9 AC UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY


1 /15.3C / /24.3C
Type: SIE.3UG4633-1AL30
B
Manufacturer: SIEMENS A1 12 14
UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY
AUXILIARY CONTACT 1CO A2 11

+GH009 -K10 DC UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY


1 /16.9C /24.3C
Type: MS116-1.6+SK1-20+HK1-20

1 3 5
Manufacturer: ABB 33 43 57 67
MOTOR PROTECTION SWITCH
I> I> I> 34 44 58 68
2 4 6

+GH009 -Q1 FOR FAN 1 PROTECTION


/14.4F /18.7D / /24.5D

+GH009 -Q2 /24.4D FOR FAN 2 PROTECTION


/14.5F /18.7D /
3 +GH009 -Q3 FOR FAN 3 PROTECTION
/14.6F /18.8D / /24.4D
Type: 5SU13421KK16+5ST3010
D 1 3N
21
Manufacturer: SIEMENS
IΔ 22
PROTECTIVE SWITCH
AUXILIARY CONTACT NO/NC 2 4N

+GH009 -Q51 SOCKET SUPPLY


1 /15.9B /

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 10
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DEVICE LIST
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Type: LW39-16B-4OB-33J/3

Manufacturer: APT (SIEMENS) 3 1 5 7


SHIFT SWITCH
2,4 6,8

1 +GH009 -S3 FOR COOLING CONTROL


B /18.5B /24.8C /
Type: BDL-5A

Manufacturer: TEBIANDIANGONG 1
PE
NON-RETUREN VALVE
2

+TR -CF090 NON-RETUREN VALVE


1 /22.9C /22.9C
C

Qty. Tehnical description LOCATION Mark Sheet Symbol


(+)

SENSFORMER CONNECTIVITY BOX +TR -SCB


Manufacturer:SIEMENS
D

POWER Dig.ln1 Dig.ln2 An1 An2 An3


(4-20mA) (4-20mA) (4-20mA) PT100 RS485

E Qty. Tehnical description LOCATION Mark Sheet Symbol


(+)

TxD+

TxD-

RxD+

GROUND
RxD-
1

4
2

5
H2 GUARE

J6
+TR DGA
Manufacturer:SIEMENS RS485 Modbus TCP

ALARM

FAULT
ALERT
J1

J2
1

9
F
1

3
PE

CO

NO

CO

NO

CO

NO
NC

NC

NC
N
L

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 11
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 P21629 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

DEVICE LIST
A QTY. DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOCATION DEVICE DEVICE REFERENCE FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Type: YBLX-K1/411

Manufacturer: CHNT 21

22

+GH009 -S19 MICROSWITCH


B /15.8C

+GH009 -S20 MICROSWITCH


2 /15.8C
Type: TRA-017-X

Manufacturer: QUALITROL 1
CLAMP ON CT
2
CLAMP ON CT

C +GH009 -T1 /20.1C / CURRENT SENSOR FOR 509 ITM


1
Type: AC30-124

Manufacturer: CHNT L PE N
SOCKET 2P+E, 15A

+GH009 -X11 INTERNAL OUTLET PERU STANDARD


1 /15.10C
D

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 12
V170801~03 Device list
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Qty. Tehnical description Mounting Mark Symbol


location

1 Electronic temperature monitor


A
Type: 509 ITM-100 +GH009 -A1
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Manufacturer: Qualitrol

/19.3D

/19.3D

/19.3D
TB1:16

TB1:14

TB1:15
-A1 WINDING MAIN TANK OIL LEVEL Pt100 AMBIENT AIR WINDING Pt100 OIL ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE
B LV SIDE POTENCIOMETER TEMPERATURE HV SIDE TEMPERATURE MONITOR
+ - QUALITROL 509 ITM
DEVANADO NIVEL DE ACEITE Pt100 TEMPERATURA DEVANADO Pt100 TEMPERATURA
ALTA TENSI N POTENCIOMETRICA DEL AIRE AMBIENTE ALTA TENSI N DEL ACEITE =

CT INPUT INPUT RTD INPUT CT INPUT RTD INPUT =


MODULE 5 MODULE 4 MODULE 3 MODULE 2 MODULE 1

+ + POWER SUPPLY FO-ST DNP 3.0


Pt 100 Pt 100 (FOR CLIENT)
A A (PARA CLIENTE)

C - -

TB7:1

TB7:2

TB6:3

TB6:2

TB6:1

TB5:3

TB5:2

TB5:1

TB4:1

TB4:2

TB3:3

TB3:2

TB3:1
/21.1B

/21.1B

/22.5E

/22.5E

/22.5E

/19.2E

/19.2E

/19.2E

/20.1C

/20.1C

/19.4E

/19.4E

/19.5E
-A1
ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE MONITOR QUALITROL 509 ITM
D

CUREENT CUREENT CUREENT CUREENT


RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 RELAY 4 RELAY 5 RELAY 6 RELAY 7 RELAY 8 SYSTEM RELAY LOOP 1 LOOP 2 LOOP 3 LOOP 4 RS 485 (MAIN) RS 485 (AUX)
+ - + - + - + -

SIG. GND

SIG. GND
TXD+(B)

TXD-(A)

RXD+(B)

RXD-(A)

TXD+(B)

TXD-(A)
E
TB1:10

TB1:11

TB1:12

TB1:13

TB1:18

TB1:19

TB1:20

TB1:21

TB1:22

TB1:23

TB1:24

TB1:25

TB1:26

TB1:27

TB1:28

TB1:29

TB1:30

TB1:31

TB1:32

TB2:10

TB2:11

TB2:12

TB2:13

TB2:14

TB2:15

TB2:16
TB1:2

TB1:3

TB1:4

TB1:5

TB1:6

TB1:7

TB1:8

TB1:9

TB2:1

TB2:2

TB2:3

TB2:4

TB2:5

TB2:6

TB2:7

TB2:8

TB2:9

/23.10B

/23.10B

/23.10B

/23.10B

/23.10B
/23.6E

/23.6E

/23.6E

/23.7E

/23.7E

/23.7E

/23.3B

/23.3B

/23.3B

/23.3B

/23.4B

/23.4B

/23.4B

/23.4B

/23.4B

/23.5B

/23.5B

/23.5B

/23.5B

/23.6B

/23.6B

/23.6B

/23.6B

/23.6B

/23.7B

/23.7B

/23.7B

/23.7B

/23.7B

/23.8B

/23.8B

/23.8B

/23.8B

/23.9B

/23.9B

/23.9B

/23.9B

/23.9B
F

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 13
V170801~03 Device list - electronic temp. monitor
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ARRANGEMENT OF COOLERS AND


System 1
3/PE 220V AC, 60Hz
CONTROL CABINET ON TRANSFORMER
A Sistema 1
ARREGLO DE ENFRIADORES Y GABINETE
L1 L1
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

L2 L2 DE CONTROL EN EL TRANSFORMADOR
L3 L3

PE PE

-X1 1 2 3 4

1 3 5 13 21
-F10 -X8 1 -X8 20
50A 14 22
2 4 6

/24.3C
FAN GROUP

3/PE 220V AC, 60Hz


L1 / 17.1A
C
L2 / 17.1A
L3 / 17.1B
1 3 5 13 21
-F1
20A 14 22
2 4 6

/24.9C
D

1 3 5 33 43 1 3 5 33 43 1 3 5 33 43
-Q1 -Q2 -Q3
1.4-2.0A 57 67 34 44 1.4-2.0A 57 67 34 44 1.4-2.0A 57 67 34 44

/18.8F

/18.8F

/18.8F
I> I> I> I> I> I> I> I> I>
2 4 6 58 68 2 4 6 58 68 2 4 6 58 68
/18.8F

/18.8F

/18.8F
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
-K1 -K2 -K3
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6

-X3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

U1 V1 W1 PE U1 V1 W1 PE U1 V1 W1 PE

M M M
F 3 3 3
-AN701 -AN702 -AN703

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 14
V170801~03 AC supply and cooling groups
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CABINET HEATING CABINET LIGHTING POWER OUTLET


A UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY CALEFACCI N ILUMINACI N ENCHUFE
RELE MINIMA TENSION DEL GABINETE DEL GABINETE
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

3/PE 220V AC, 60Hz


16.9C / L1
16.9C / L2
16.9C / L3
16.9E / PE

B 1 3 5 13 21 -X0 6
-F12
2A 14 22 1 3 13 21 1 3 13 21 1 3N
2 4 6

/24.4C
-F14 -F13 -Q51
10A 2 4 14 22 2A 2 4 14 22 16A

/24.4C

/24.4C
2 4N

1 21
-B11 Θ * THERMOSTAT -S19
0-60°C 2 22
C *SET 45°C USED FOR
OVERHEATING
-X0 1 PROTECTION 21

L1 L2 L3 -S20
22
-K9 1 *TERMOSTATO
160-690V, AJUSTAR 198V -B12 %F USADO PARA -X11
0,1-20s, AJUSTAR 10s 35-95 %F 2 SOBRECALENTAMIENTO L
SET 70%
PROTECCI N
PE
1
-X0 2
-E3 N
2
-X0 3
1
D -E1
150W 1
PE -E4
2 1 2
-X0 7 -E2
250W, WITH FAN
PE
2

-X0 5

-X0 4

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 15
V170801~03 Cubicle heating, lighting, outlet
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A
AC DISTRIBUTION BOARD 220V AC
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

CUADRO DE DISTRIBUCI N 220VAC FOR


DGA SUPPLY
SENSFORMER
L N H2 Guard CONNECTIVITY BOX
SUPPLY

-X9 1 2 3 4

1 3 13 21 1 3 13 21
-F16 -F17
6A 2 4 14 22 2A 2 4 14 22

/24.5C

/24.5C
C

-X9 -X10
6 8 1 3
D

/25.2C
/25.3C
/23.3F

/23.3F

DGA 110 to 240VAC,50-60Hz


E DGA-Siemens H2 Guard

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 16
V170801~03 220VAC Supply
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

DC DISTRIBUTION BOARD 125V DC

CUADRO DE DISTRIBUCI N 125VDC


UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY
-F1 L-
RELE MINIMA TENSION
-F2 L+

-X5 1 2 3 4

1 3 13 21 1 3 13 21 1 3 13 21 1 3 13 21
-F19 -F20 -F21 -F22
6A 2 4 14 22 6A 2 4 14 22 2A 2 4 14 22 6A 2 4 14 22
C
/24.6C

/24.7C

/24.6C

/24.7C
-X5
6 8 A2
-X8 16 -K10
17-275V, AJUSTAR 112.5V A1
0,1-20s, AJUSTAR 10s
TB12:3

TB12:5

TB12:1
A1
/14.8B
D - +
=

15L- / 18.2F 17L- / 22.4F


POWER SUPPLY 509 ITM

15L+ / 18.2D 17L+ / 22.4F

E ELECTR. TEMP. MONITOR


FAN CONTROL SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY MBR SUPPLY
ALIMENTACI N MONITOR TEMPERATURAS
CONTROL VENTILADORES ALIMENTACI N

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 17
V170801~03 125VDC Supply
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
S3 - COOLING CONTROL LOGIC DIAGRAM
(S3 IN AUTOMATIC MODE) COOLING CONTROL
CONTROL DE ENFRIAMIENTO
POS. DE AUTOMATIC MANUAL
INTER. S3
A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

1-2

3-4
16.2D / 15L+
5-6

7-8

B
13
2,4 6 8
-K4
-S3 14
3 1 5 7

AUTOMATIC
MANUAL

/24.8C
/24.8C
C
-A1
-X2 2 -X2 3
RELAY 1
/14.1E
-CT031 -CT033
35°C 11 65°C 11

12 14 12 14

TB1:2

TB1:3

TB1:4
33 33 33
-Q1 -Q2 -Q3
34 34 34
D -X6 1 2 3
-X2 1 -X2 10

-X2 5

43
-K4
44

-X2 7 -X2 8

A1
-K4 A1 A1 A1
E A2 -K1 -K2 -K3
A2 A2 A2
16.2E / 15L-

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 18
V170801~03 Cooling control
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A
OIL OIL
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Pt100 AMBIENT AIR Pt100 OIL Pt100 OIL TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE


TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE -20..140°C ALARM TRIP
Pt100 TEMPERATURA Pt100 TEMPERATURA Pt100 TEMPERATURA TEMPERATURA DEL TEMPERATURA DEL
DEL AIRE AMBIENTE DEL ACEITE DEL ACEITE -20..140°C ACEITE ALARMA ACEITE DISPARO

B -CT023 -CT021
-CT024 -CT031

WH1 WH2
3
1
32 34 42 44

BL1 BL2
1 2 31 41
PE PE 2 PE PE °C 100°C 120°C
3

-X2 25 26 27 -X2 28 29 30

-X8 -X8 -X8 2


16 17 -X2 44 61 62 45 63 64
-X2
12 13 14
-A1 -A1
/14.4C /14.7C

ELECTRONIC TEMP. ELECTRONIC TEMP.


D MONITOR MONITOR
QUALITROL 509 ITM QUALITROL 509 ITM

RTD INPUT RTD INPUT


MODULE 3 MODULE 1

+ +
Pt 100 Pt 100

- -
TB5:3

TB5:2

TB5:1

TB3:3

TB3:2

TB3:1

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHAGN.X Schematic diagram Sheet No. 19
V170801~03 Transformer temperature measurement
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

WINDING TEMPERATURE HV SIDE


TEMPERATURA DEL DEVANADO DEL LADO DE ALTA TENSI N

A Pt100 WINDING WINDING WINDING


TEMPERATURE 0..160°C TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

ALARM TRIP
Pt100 TEMPERATURA TEMPERATURA DEL TEMPERATURA DEL
DE DEVANADO 0..160°C DEVANADO ALARMA DEVANADO DISPARO

-A1
/15.6C /4.5B /4.5B

ELECTRONIC TEMP. TC2 TC1


MONITOR U U
B QUALITROL 509 ITM 2X1 1X1 -CT050 -CT033

CT INPUT 1
MODULE 2 4
32 34 42 44

2
°C 31 41
2X2 1X2 3 PE PE 105°C 145°C
A 3a
TB4:1

TB4:2

-X2 21 22

* *
/25.C5
-T1 -X4 1 2 3 -X4 -X4 4 5 6 -X4 -X8 4 -X2 46 65 66 47 67 68
1 2 X10 ATO
An1(4-20mA) +24V
S1 -X2
PW
86 87 88
8 S2
OUT

S 9
Sensformer
Connectivity box
-T1: PROVIDE BY ITM509
D -X8 3

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 20
V170801~03 Transformer temperature measurement
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE


BUCHHOLZ RELAY
VALVULA DE SEGURIDAD
RELE BUCHHOLZ
A TRIP TRIP
ALARM TRIP TRIP
DISPARO DISPARO
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

ALARMA DISPARO DISPARO

-A1
/15.6C /4.5B

ELECTRONIC TEMP. TC3


MONITOR u
B QUALITROL 509 ITM 3X1

CT INPUT
MODULE 5
-CF050 -CP081

3X2
A
13 23 33
12 14 22 24
TB7:1

TB7:2

C P P
14 24 34 PE PE 11 21

-X2 39 40

*
7 8 9 -X4
-T2 -X4
1 2
-X8 5

-X8 7

-T2: PROVIDE BY ITM509


D
-X2 50 73 51 74 75 76 -X2 52 77 78 79 80 81

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 21
V170801~03 Transformer protection and signalization
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

MAIN TANK OIL LEVEL INDICATOR


POTENTIOMETER TYPE BAG RUPTURE RELAY NON-RETUREN VALVE
A
INDICADOR DE NIVEL DE ACEITE RELE DE RUPTURA DE MEMBRANA Válvula de control
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Potenciómetro

-CL060 Protección del aceite de transformador -CF090


10 Sensor
1
Blanco Azul Rojo Negro
CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4
C PE 13 11 PE 2
Sensor

-X6 49 50 51 52
D 10
-X8
-X8 8 -X6 45 46 47
RM -X2 57 85
13 15 16 6 7 8 14

TB6:1 TB6:2 TB6:3


-A1 MBR
INPUT
MODULE 4 1 2 3 10 11 12

E
-X8 9

-X5 10 12 -X2 55 83

Signaling
Contact

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 22
V170801~03 Transformer protection and signalization
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE MONITOR


-A1
A

TEMPERATURE DEL ACEITE -20..140°C


This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE MONITOR QUALITROL 509 ITM

TEMP. DEVANADOS A.T. 0..160°C


OIL TEMPERATURE -20..140°C

WINDING TEMP. HV 0..160°C


FO-ST DNP 3.0
(FOR CLIENT)
80°C 100°C 90°C 110°C (PARA CLIENTE)

FAN GROUP ALARM OIL TRIP OIL ALARM WINDING TRIP WINDING MAIN TANK ALARM MAX MAIN TANK ALARM MIN SPARE INTERNAL FAULT
CONTROL TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE TEMP. HV AND LV TEMP. HV AND LV OIL LEVEL OIL LEVEL TEMP. MONITOR
Grupo de fans ALARMA TEMP. DISPARO TEMP. ALARMA TEMP. DISPARO TEMP. ALARMA máxima ALARMA m nima Reserva FALA INTERNA
Control DE ACEITE DE ACEITE DEV. A.T./B.T. DEV. A.T NIVEL DE ECEITE NIVEL DE ECEITE MONITOR DE TEMP.

B RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 RELAY 4 RELAY 5 RELAY 6 RELAY 7 RELAY 8 SYSTEM RELAY RS 485 (MAIN) RS 485 (AUX)
4..20mA 4..20mA 4..20mA 4..20mA

SIG. GND

SIG. GND
TXD+(B)

TXD-(A)

RXD+(B)

RXD-(A)

TXD+(B)

TXD-(A)
CUREENT CUREENT CUREENT CUREENT
LOOP 1 LOOP 2 LOOP 3 LOOP 4
+ - + - + -+ -

TB1:10

TB1:11

TB1:12

TB1:13

TB1:18

TB1:19

TB1:20

TB1:21

TB1:22

TB1:23

TB1:27

TB1:28

TB1:29

TB1:24

TB1:25

TB1:26

TB1:30

TB1:31

TB1:32

TB2:10

TB2:11

TB2:12

TB2:13

TB2:14

TB2:15

TB2:16
TB1:2

TB1:3

TB1:4

TB1:5

TB1:6

TB1:7

TB1:8

TB1:9

TB2:1

TB2:2

TB2:3

TB2:4

TB2:5

TB2:6

TB2:7

TB2:8

TB2:9
-X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 7 21 15 8 22 16 9 23 17 10 24 18 11 25 19 12 26 20 13 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
C

X9
19 20 21 22 23
D
TxD+

TxD-

GROUND
RxD+

RxD-
DGA
1

4
2

5
J6

H2 Guard
RS485 Modbus TCP
ALARM

FAULT
ALERT

E
J1

J2
1

9
1

3
PE

CO

NO

CO

NO

CO

NO
NC

NC

NC
N
L

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

BK

X9 X9 X8 X9 X9 X9 X9 X9 X9
6 8 13 10 11 13 14 16 17
AC220V

/16.4E

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 23
V170801~03 Transformer signalization
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.
Date
Approved
Checked
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ
Designed

A
4/2/2022
ZHANG.YX
LIAO.W

LIU.QH

1
-X7
UNDERVOLTAGE RELE MINIMA

22 24

1
RELAY 220V AC TENSION 220V AC

21
16

-K9
V170801~03
Manufacturer's Drawing No:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD.
Manufacturer's Name:

2
UNDERVOLTAGE RELE MINIMA

12 14

2
RELAY 125V DC TENSION 125V DC

-K10
11
17
-Q1

-X7

FAULT FAN 1 FALA DE FAN 1


58

57
30

-F10
33
-Q2

22

21
MAIN SUPPLY ALIMENTACI N

18

3
FAULT FAN 2 FALA DE FAN 2
58

57
-Q3

-F12
FAULT FAN 3 FALA DE FAN 3
58

57

UNDERVOLTAGE RELE MINIMA

22

21
19

4
RELAY TENSION

-F13
-K1

4
ILUMINACI N Y
CABINET HEATING CALEFACCI N
22

21
20

5
FAN 1 OPERATING VENTILADORES 1 OPERANDO
14

13
31

& LIGHTING DEL GABINETE


-F14
34
-K2

22

21
Drawing / document description:

Substation name:

FAN 2 OPERATING VENTILADORES 2 OPERANDO


14

13
-K3

-F16

FAN 3 OPERATING VENTILADORES 3 OPERANDO


14

13

DGA SUPPLY
22

21
21

H2 GUARD DGA ALIMENTACI N

5
-F17
-F21
Diagrama esquemático
Schematic diagram

Peru ENEL PROJECT

SENSFORMER CONNECTIVITY SENSFORMER CONNECTIVITY


22

21
22

7
37

35

BOX SUPPLY BOX SUPPLY


22

21

BAG RUPTURE RELAY


-F19

ALIMENTACI N
FAN CONTROL SUPPLY CONTROL VENTILADORES

6
22

21
23

8
-F20

ELECTR.TEMP.MONITOR MONITOR TEMPERATURAS


22

21
24

POWER SUPPLY ALIMENTACI N


-F22

7
UNDERVOLTAGE RELE MINIMA
22

21
25

10

RELAY 125V DC TENSION 125V DC


Page description:

Revision:

Project drawing number:

-S3
Rev.4

COOLING CONTROL CONTROL DE ENFRIAMIENTO


6

5
26

11

AUTO. AUTOMATIC
-S3
Transformer signalization

COOLING CONTROL CONTROL DE ENFRIAMIENTO


8

8
27

12

MANUAL MANUAL
V04 30 911-01

-K4
Revision date:

FANS OPERATING VENTILADORES OPERANDO


34

33

(ONAF)
28

13

(ONAF)
-F1
4/2/2022

22

21

VENTILADORES ALIMENTACI N
29

14

FAN GROUP SUPPLY


No. of sheets

Sheet No.

Location:

Function:

10
+GH009
43
24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

+CT022
1

2 3

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK
CONTROL CUBICLE
GH009

ATO
/16.6E

/16.6E
C

X8 X10 X10
15 4 6 10 11 12
X10
8 9
X10 7
3 1 5 2

POWER Dig.ln1 Dig.ln2 An1 An2 An3


100 to 240VAC,50/60Hz
(4-20mA) (4-20mA) (4-20mA) PT100 RS485
E

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 25
V170801~03 Transformer signalization
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

IN FRONT VIEW WITH DOOR IN FRONT VIEW WITHOUT DOOR


Vista Frontal Con Puerta Ganchos de levantamiento Vista Frontal Sin Puerta
LIFTING HOOKS
A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

S19 S20
E3

A1 A1

C PUSH PUSH

S3
S3

LETTER OF NAME PLATE


NO. LETTER MATERIAL
A1 ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE MONITOR STAINLESS STEEL
S3 CONTROL VENTILADORES STAINLESS STEEL
DETAIL X
DETAIL Y
(EARTHING SCREW) (FIXING POINT)
SCREW M10
(STAINLESS STEEL)
Tornillo M10
5

25 (Acero Inoxidable)
40
25

RUBBER DAMPER
GOMA AMORTIGUADOR
SCREW M12 - TERMINALS X8 SHOULD BE INSTALLED ON INSULATORS!!
F (STAINLESS STEEL)
Tornillo M12
(acero inoxidable) DETAILS ARE NOT IN SCALE!! Detalle X - CT031, CT033, CT35 SHOULD BE INSTALLED ON INSULATORS!!
Detalle Y
(Tornillo de Puesta a Tierra)Los detalles no están a escala!!! (Punto de fijación) Terminales X8 deben ser instaladas en los aisladores!!
- CT031, CT033, CT35 deben ser instalados en los aisladores!!
Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:
V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 26
V170801~03 Control cabinet
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

IN LEFT SIDE VIEW


IN FRONT VIEW WITHOUT DOOR DOOR OPEN
A Vista Frontal Sin Puerta
Vista Lateral Izquierda
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

Puerta Abierta

D D
S19
E3

F16 F17 F19 F20 F21 F22 K1 K2 K3 K9


B K4 B11 B12 SIRIUS
SIRIUS

SIEMENS 3RH

K10

AT0 RM F10 F1 F12 F13 F14 Q51 Q1 Q2 Q3 X11


SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS

80
T1 X2
C T2 100 X7 X6 60
40

X4 12

X4 1
X3
15 1
X7
1 X9
X3 25
X0 X6 1
7
1 X5
X0 1 10
X1 X9
10 X5 1
D X8 20
X10
15 M12

80 1 60 60 X2 1 60 60 1 60 60 1
X1 X8 X10
E1 80 E2

30

200

30
E

75 125 125 125

(EARTHING FOR DOOR AND FRAME)


Detalle D
(Puesta a Tierra para puerta y marco)
SCREW M6
SCREW M6
Tornillo M6
Tornillo M6
F CABLE
CABLE

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 27
V170801~03 Control cabinet
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

BOTTOM VIEW
CABLE CONECTION PLATES

B Vista desde abajo


Placas de conexión de Cables

20 50

40
D

75
5.2

C Z

125
Placa de Placa de
Conexión del Conexión del

250

450
Transformador Gabinete (Removible)

340

380
125

340
TRANSFORMER CTR. ROOM
CONNECTION CONNECTION
125

PLATE PLATE

D
D

EARTHING BAR

12

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 28
V170801~03 Control cabinet
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

/17.5B -X8:15 PHO.UK5N 7 -E2:PE


/17.5D -X11:PE PHO.UK5N 6 -E1:PE
D /17.6E -E2:2 PHO.UK5N 5
/17.5E -E1:2 PHO.UK5N 4 -F14:4
PHO.UK5N 3 -E2:1
/17.4C -B12:2 PHO.UK5N 2 -E1:1
/17.4C -B11:2 PHO.UK5N 1 -B12:1
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X0
AUXILLIARY AC SUPPLY

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 29
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X0
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

PHO.UK5N 10
PHO.UK5N 9
PHO.UK5N 8
PHO.UK5N 7
PHO.UK5N 6
D PHO.UK5N 5
/16.3B +CR-PE PHO.USLKG35N 4 -X8:1
/16.2B +CR-L3 PHO.UK35 3 -F10:5
/16.2B +CR-L2 PHO.UK35 2 -F10:3
/16.2B +CR-L1 PHO.UK35 1 -F10:1
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X1

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHAGN.X Schematic diagram Sheet No. 30
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X1
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

/21.7E -A1:TB7:2 PHO.UT4 40 -T2:2


/21.6E -A1:TB7:1 PHO.UT4 39 -T2:1
A /23.6E PHO.UT4 38
/22.6E PHO.UT4 37
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

/21.7E PHO.UT4 36
/21.6E PHO.UT4 35
/23.6D PHO.UT4 34
/22.6D PHO.UT4 33
/21.6D PHO.UT4 32
/21.6D PHO.UT4 31
/21.4C +TR-CT023:2 PHO.UT4 30 -A1:TB3:1
/21.4C +TR-CT023:1 PHO.UT4 29 -A1:TB3:2
/21.3C +TR-CT023:3 PHO.UT4 28 -A1:TB3:3
B /21.1C +TR-CT024:BL2 PHO.UT4 27 -A1:TB5:1
/21.1C +TR-CT024:BL1 PHO.UT4 26 -A1:TB5:2
/21.1C +TR-CT024:WH1 PHO.UT4 25 -A1:TB5:3
PHO.UT4 24
PHO.UT4 23
/20.6E -A1:TB4:2 PHO.UT4 22 -T1:2
/20.6E -A1:TB4:1 PHO.UT4 21 -T1:1
/20.6F PHO.UT4 20
/20.6F PHO.UT4 19
/20.6F PHO.UT4 18
/20.6E PHO.UT4 17
C /20.6D PHO.UT4 16
/20.6D PHO.UT4 15
/20.6D +TR-CT021:3 PHO.UT4 14
/20.5E +TR-CT021:2 PHO.UT4 13
+TR-CT021:1 PHO.UT4 12
/20.4E PHO.UT4 11
/20.3E +TR-CT033:12 PHO.UT4 10
/20.4F PHO.UT4 9
/20.3F +TR-CT033:14 PHO.UT4 8 -X6:2
/20.3F -K4:44 PHO.UT4 7 -K4:A1
PHO.UT4 6
D /20.3E +TR-CT031:14 PHO.UT4 5 -K4:43
/20.4D PHO.UT4 4
/20.3D +TR-CT033:11 PHO.UT4 3 -X6:1
/20.3D +TR-CT031:11 PHO.UT4 2 -S3:1
/20.3E +TR-CT031:12 PHO.UT4 1
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X2

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHAGN.X Schematic diagram Sheet No. 31
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X2
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

/24.5D +TR-CP081:24 PHO.UT4 80


/24.5D +TR-CP081:21 PHO.UT4 79
A /24.4D +TR-CP081:12 PHO.UT4 78
/24.4D +TR-CP081:14 PHO.UT4 77
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

/24.3D +TR-CF050:33 PHO.UT4 76


/24.3D +TR-CF050:34 PHO.UT4 75
/24.2D +TR-CF050:23 PHO.UT4 74
/24.2D +TR-CF050:13 PHO.UT4 73
PHO.UT4 72
PHO.UT4 71
PHO.UT4 70
PHO.UT4 69
/23.9C +TR-CT033:42 PHO.UT4 68
B /22.10C +TR-CT033:44 PHO.UT4 67
/22.9C +TR-CT033:32 PHO.UT4 66
/22.9C +TR-CT033:34 PHO.UT4 65
/22.9C +TR-CT031:42 PHO.UT4 64
/21.10D +TR-CT031:44 PHO.UT4 63
/21.10D +TR-CT031:32 PHO.UT4 62
/21.9D +TR-CT031:34 PHO.UT4 61
/21.9D PHO.UT4 60
PHO.UT4 59
PHO.UT4 58
+TR-CF090:2 PHO.UT4 57
C /25.10D PHO.UT4 56
/25.8D -RM:10 PHO.UT4 55
/25.8D PHO.UT4 54
/25.2D PHO.UT4 53
/24.6D +TR-CP081:11 PHO.UT4 52
/24.4D +TR-CF050:24 PHO.UT4 51
/24.2D +TR-CF050:14 PHO.UT4 50
/24.1D PHO.UT4 49
/23.9C PHO.UT4 48
/23.9C +TR-CT033:41 PHO.UT4 47
/22.9C +TR-CT033:31 PHO.UT4 46
D /22.9C +TR-CT031:41 PHO.UT4 45
/21.10D +TR-CT031:31 PHO.UT4 44
/21.9D PHO.UT4 43
/23.6E PHO.UT4 42
/22.6E PHO.UT4 41
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X2

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 32
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X2
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

PHO.UT4 100
PHO.UT4 99
PHO.UT4 98
PHO.UT4 97
C PHO.UT4 96
PHO.UT4 95
PHO.UT4 94
PHO.UT4 93
PHO.UT4 92
PHO.UT4 91
PHO.UT4 90
PHO.UT4 89
+TR-CT050:3a PHO.UT4 88
+TR-CT050:3 PHO.UT4 87
+TR-CT050:4 PHO.UT4 86
D +TR-CF090:1 PHO.UT4 85
PHO.UT4 84
-RM:12 PHO.UT4 83
PHO.UT4 82
+TR-CP081:22 PHO.UT4 81
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X2

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 33
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X2
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

C
PHO.UK5N 15
PHO.UK5N 14
/16.5E PHO.UK5N 13
/16.5E -X8:9 PHO.UK5N 12 +TR-AN703:PE
/16.5E -K3:6 PHO.UK5N 11 +TR-AN703:W1
/16.4E -K3:4 PHO.UK5N 10 +TR-AN703:V1
/16.4E -K3:2 PHO.UK5N 9 +TR-AN703:U1
/16.7E -X8:8 PHO.UK5N 8 +TR-AN702:PE
/16.7E -K2:6 PHO.UK5N 7 +TR-AN702:W1
/16.7E -K2:4 PHO.UK5N 6 +TR-AN702:V1
D /16.7E -K2:2 PHO.UK5N 5 +TR-AN702:U1
/16.4E -X8:1 PHO.UK5N 4 +TR-AN701:PE
/16.4E -K1:6 PHO.UK5N 3 +TR-AN701:W1
/16.4E -K1:4 PHO.UK5N 2 +TR-AN701:V1
/16.3E -K1:2 PHO.UK5N 1 +TR-AN701:U1
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X3
FOR MOTOR PHASES AND EARTH

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 34
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X3
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

/23.4C PHO.URTK/S 12
/23.4C PHO.URTK/S 11
/23.4C PHO.URTK/S 10
/23.3C PHO.URTK/S 9 -X8:5
+TR-TC3:3X1

*
/23.3C PHO.URTK/S 8
/23.3C +TR-TC3:3X2 PHO.URTK/S 7
/22.4C PHO.URTK/S 6 -X8:3

*
D /22.4C +TR-TC1:1X1 PHO.URTK/S 5 +TR-CT050:1
/22.4C +TR-TC1:1X2 PHO.URTK/S 4 +TR-CT050:2
/22.3C PHO.URTK/S 3 -X8:3
PHO.URTK/S

*
/22.3C +TR-TC2:2X1 2
/22.3C +TR-TC2:2X2 PHO.URTK/S 1
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X4
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 35
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X4
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

/19.6D -F21:4 PHO.UK5N 12 -RM:3


/19.4D PHO.UK5N 11
-F21:2 PHO.UK5N 10 -RM:2
PHO.UK5N 9
-F20:4 PHO.UK5N 8 -A1:TB12:5
/19.6D PHO.UK5N 7
/19.3D -F20:2 PHO.UK5N 6 -A1:TB12:3
D PHO.UK5N 5
/18.2B PHO.UK5N 4
/18.1B -F19:3 PHO.UK5N 3 L+
/18.1B PHO.UK5N 2
/18.1B -F19:1 PHO.UK5N 1 L-
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X5
DC SUPPLY

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 36
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X5
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

/26.10C -A1:TB2:13 PHO.UT4 40


/26.10C -A1:TB2:12 PHO.UT4 39
A /26.9C -A1:TB2:11 PHO.UT4 38
/26.9C -A1:TB2:10 PHO.UT4 37
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

/26.9C -A1:TB2:9 PHO.UT4 36


/26.9C -A1:TB2:8 PHO.UT4 35
/26.9C -A1:TB2:7 PHO.UT4 34
/26.8C -A1:TB2:6 PHO.UT4 33
/26.8C -A1:TB2:5 PHO.UT4 32
/26.8C -A1:TB2:4 PHO.UT4 31
/26.8C -A1:TB2:3 PHO.UT4 30
/26.7C -A1:TB2:2 PHO.UT4 29
/26.7C -A1:TB2:1 PHO.UT4 28
B /26.7C -A1:TB1:32 PHO.UT4 27
/26.6C -A1:TB1:26 PHO.UT4 26
/26.6C -A1:TB1:29 PHO.UT4 25
/26.5C -A1:TB1:23 PHO.UT4 24
/26.4C -A1:TB1:20 PHO.UT4 23
/26.4C -A1:TB1:13 PHO.UT4 22
/26.3C -A1:TB1:10 PHO.UT4 21
/26.7C -A1:TB1:30 PHO.UT4 20
/26.6C -A1:TB1:24 PHO.UT4 19
/26.5C -A1:TB1:27 PHO.UT4 18
/26.5C -A1:TB1:21 PHO.UT4 17
C /26.4C -A1:TB1:18 PHO.UT4 16
/26.3C -A1:TB1:11 PHO.UT4 15
/26.3C -A1:TB1:8 PHO.UT4 14
/26.7C -A1:TB1:31 PHO.UT4 13
/26.6C -A1:TB1:25 PHO.UT4 12
/26.6C -A1:TB1:28 PHO.UT4 11
/26.5C -A1:TB1:22 PHO.UT4 10
/26.4C -A1:TB1:19 PHO.UT4 9
/26.3C -A1:TB1:12 PHO.UT4 8
/26.4C -A1:TB1:9 PHO.UT4 7
/20.7E -A1:TB1:7 PHO.UT4 6
D /20.7E -A1:TB1:6 PHO.UT4 5
/20.7E -A1:TB1:5 PHO.UT4 4
/20.5E -A1:TB1:4 PHO.UT4 3
/20.4E -A1:TB1:3 PHO.UT4 2 -X2:8
/20.4E -A1:TB1:2 PHO.UT4 1 -X2:3
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X6

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 37
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X6
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

PHO.UT4 60
PHO.UT4 59
PHO.UT4 58
PHO.UT4 57
C PHO.UT4 56
PHO.UT4 55
PHO.UT4 54
PHO.UT4 53
-RM:14 PHO.UT4 52 SM:CN2-4
-RM:8 PHO.UT4 51 SM:CN2-3
-RM:7 PHO.UT4 50 SM:CN2-2
-RM:6 PHO.UT4 49 SM:CN2-1
PHO.UT4 48
-A1:TB6:3 PHO.UT4 47 +TR-CL060:11
-A1:TB6:2 PHO.UT4 46 +TR-CL060:13
D -A1:TB6:1 PHO.UT4 45 +TR-CL060:10
PHO.UT4 44
-A1:TB2:16 PHO.UT4 43
-A1:TB2:15 PHO.UT4 42
-A1:TB2:14 PHO.UT4 41
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X6

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 38
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X6
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

PHO.UT4 40
PHO.UT4 39
A PHO.UT4 38
-F21:22 PHO.UT4 37
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

PHO.UT4 36
-F21:21 PHO.UT4 35
-K1:13 PHO.UT4 34
-Q1:57 PHO.UT4 33
PHO.UT4 32
-K1:14 PHO.UT4 31
-Q1:58 PHO.UT4 30
-F1:22 PHO.UT4 29
-K4:34 PHO.UT4 28
B -S3:8 PHO.UT4 27
-S3:6 PHO.UT4 26
-F22:22 PHO.UT4 25
-F20:22 PHO.UT4 24
-F19:22 PHO.UT4 23
-F17:22 PHO.UT4 22
-F16:22 PHO.UT4 21
-F13:22 PHO.UT4 20
-F12:22 PHO.UT4 19
-F10:22 PHO.UT4 18
-K10:11 PHO.UT4 17
C -K9:21 PHO.UT4 16
PHO.UT4 15
-F1:21 PHO.UT4 14
-K4:33 PHO.UT4 13
-S3:7 PHO.UT4 12
-S3:5 PHO.UT4 11
-F22:21 PHO.UT4 10
-F20:21 PHO.UT4 9
-F19:21 PHO.UT4 8
-F17:21 PHO.UT4 7
-F16:21 PHO.UT4 6
D -F13:21 PHO.UT4 5
-F12:21 PHO.UT4 4
-F10:21 PHO.UT4 3
-K10:12 PHO.UT4 2
-K9:22 PHO.UT4 1
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X7

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 39
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X7
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

PHO.USLKG6N 20
PHO.USLKG6N 19
PHO.USLKG6N 18
+TR-CT023:PE PHO.USLKG6N 17
C -A1:TB12:1 PHO.USLKG6N 16 +TR-CT024:PE
-X0:7 PHO.USLKG6N 15 -X10:5
PHO.USLKG6N 14
+TR-DGA:PE PHO.USLKG6N 13
PHO.USLKG6N 12
PHO.USLKG6N 11
+TR-CF090:PE PHO.USLKG6N 10
-RM:1 PHO.USLKG6N 9
+TR-CL060:PE PHO.USLKG6N 8 -X3:8
+TR-CF050:PE PHO.USLKG6N 7 +TR-CP081:PE
+TR-CT051:PE PHO.USLKG6N 6
D PHO.USLKG6N 5 -X4:9
+TR-CT050:PE PHO.USLKG6N 4 +TR-CT033:PE
-X4:3 PHO.USLKG6N 3 -X4:6
+TR-CT021:PE PHO.USLKG6N 2 +TR-CT031:PE
-X1:4 PHO.USLKG6N 1 -X3:4
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X8
EARTHING TERMINALS

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 40
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X8
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

PHO.UK5N 25
PHO.UK5N 24
PHO.UK5N 23 +TR-DGA J6:5
PHO.UK5N 22 +TR-DGA J6:4
PHO.UK5N 21 +TR-DGA J6:3
PHO.UK5N 20 +TR-DGA J6:2
PHO.UK5N 19 +TR-DGA J6:1
PHO.UK5N 18
PHO.UK5N 17 +TR-DGA J2:9
C PHO.UK5N 16 +TR-DGA J2:8
PHO.UK5N 15
PHO.UK5N 14 +TR-DGA J2:6
PHO.UK5N 13 +TR-DGA J2:5
PHO.UK5N 12
PHO.UK5N 11 +TR-DGA J2:3
PHO.UK5N 10 +TR-DGA J2:2
PHO.UK5N 9
-F16:4 PHO.UK5N 8 +TR-DGA J1:N
PHO.UK5N 7
-F16:2 PHO.UK5N 6 +TR-DGA J1:L
D PHO.UK5N 5
PHO.UK5N 4
-F16:3 PHO.UK5N 3
PHO.UK5N 2
-F16:1 PHO.UK5N 1
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X9

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 41
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X9
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

M L K J I H G F E D C B A

A
This document remains the exclusive property of the Koncar Power Transformers Ltd. Reproduction or any use not in conformity with the intended application is not permissible.

C
PHO.UK5N 15
PHO.UK5N 14
PHO.UK5N 13
+TR-CT022:3 PHO.UK5N 12 -SCB:PT100 PW
+TR-CT022:2 PHO.UK5N 11 -SCB:PT100 S+
+TR-CT022:1 PHO.UK5N 10 -SCB:PT100 S-
-ATO:OUT PHO.UK5N 9 -SCB:An1 S
-AT0:+24V PHO.UK5N 8 -SCB:An1 PW
PHO.UK5N 7 -SCB:D1B
PHO.UK5N 6
D -X8:15 PHO.UK5N 5 -SCB:PE
PHO.UK5N 4
-F17:4 PHO.UK5N 3 -SCB:N
PHO.UK5N 2 -SCB:D1A
-F17:2 PHO.UK5N 1 -SCB:L
Sheet/ M L K J I H G F E D C B A
location

Jumper

Jumper
Wire

Wire
Target Type Terminal Target

Jumper
Cable type

Cable type
Destination Destination

E
Cable designation

Cable designation
Terminal strip designation
+GH009-X10

F Terminal diagram
TERMINAL DIAGRAM LEGEND: Current jumper =
F,G,H = Jumper = A,B,C,D,E,I,J,K,L,M = Wire Jumper = * * * SHORT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER MEASURING DEVICES ARE CONNECTED

Designed LIU.QH Manufacturer's Name: Substation name: Project drawing number:


V04 30 911-01 Function:
SIEMENS TRANSFORMER(WUHAN) CO. LTD. Peru ENEL PROJECT
Desig.assoc. SUN.SQ Revision: Revision date:
Manufacturer's Drawing No: Drawing / document description: Rev.4 4/2/2022 Location: +GH009
Checked LIAO.W Page description:
Approved ZHANG.YX Schematic diagram Sheet No. 42
V170801~03 Terminal diagram +GH009-X10
Date 4/2/2022 Diagrama esquemático No. of sheets 43
13 Photographs
Siemens Energy Transformers

13 Photographs

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 13–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
14 Spare Parts and Special Tools
Siemens Energy Transformers

14 Spare Parts and Special Tools

14.1 Spare Parts


The spare part list below refers to the delivered spare parts of the delivered
transformer/reactor.

Delivered Spare Parts Quantity Description


BUSHING 1

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 14–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
15 Check Lists
Siemens Energy Transformers

15 Check Lists
No. Designation Document No. Page Rev. Date
1 Check list „Arrival Inspection“ V170801
2 Check list „Oil Sampling“ V170801
3 Check list „Commissioning“ V170801
4 Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests" V170801
-

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 15–1


by Siemens AG.
Document No.:170801
Serial No.:170801
Check list “Arrival Inspection”
Siemens Energy Transformers

Check list “Arrival Inspection”


Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Serial no.: 170801-03
Station: Peru ENEL Dolly Fabrication No.:
Siemens Transformer
Project name: Peru ENEL Dolly Production plant:
(Wuhan)Co., Ltd., P.R. of China
Type: EDUN7554D Year of Build: 2022
Output: Assembly manager:
Assembly No.: Transporter:
Assembly date 2022.08 Transport means:

Shock Recorder (for acceptable values see chapter 4)


Records yes / no Download from:
Shock recorder log submitted to customer: yes / no Recipient:
Shock recorder log submitted to manufacturer's plant: yes / Recipient:
no
vertical lateral longitudinal
Date / g / / /

Heavy part
Pressure/Vacuum Bottle: bar Tank: bar Temperature: °C
Transport with oil Tank tight Tank leaking
Filling gas mbar present not present
overpressure in
the tank
Moisture image present Moisture below 8 % Moisture exceeds 8 %
not present Measured value:
Contact manufacturer
complete damaged Inspected Inspected Comments
yes no yes no on by
Transformer welding seams

Transformer paint coat

Measured value core earthing:


MΩ
Tank

Wheels/chassis/attachment
elements
Wiring

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 1


by Siemens AG.
Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.: 170801-03
Check list “Arrival Inspection”
Siemens Energy Transformers

Accessories complete damaged Inspected Inspected Comments


yes no yes no on by
Accessories paint coat
Bushings and adapters +
moisture image
Cooler
Pumps
Buchholz relay
Pressure relief valve
Protective relay for load
control switch
Oil flow indicator
Contact thermometer/oil
Contact thermometer/coil
Impedance thermometer
Oil level indicator
Oil temperature monitor
air dehumidifiers
Motor drive for switch
Switching cabinet
Insulating oil
Pipelines
Corrosion protection

Refilling bottle not present Filing gas overpressure in: mbar

General comments:

Date Date

Name Name

Signature Signature
Customer Siemens Supervisor

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 2


by Siemens AG.
Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.: 170801-03
Check list “Oil Sampling”

Siemens Energy Transformers

Check list “Oil Sampling”


The oil sample is an essential contribution to quality monitoring of oil-filled transformers and
reactor coils.
When taking samples and transporting the oil sample, great care is required to make a
representative assessment of the transformer based on the test results.

Manufacturer: Siemens Transformer (Wuhan) Co., Ltd


Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly
Station: Peru ENEL Dolly
Year of Build: 2022
Type: EDUN7554D
Power Rating: 40 MVA
Transformation: 200/ ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/ / 10 kV
Serial no.: 170801-03
Reference no.:
Sample no.:
Sampling date:
Oil type:
Oil temperature at sampling:
No. of operations of tap changer:
Load at sampling:

Sampling
Sample Position Oil sampling tap
Oil drain device A 22/31/40 DIN 42 551
Tank: Top Middle Bottom
Diverter switch: LU tank ______________ ______________
Conservator: Transformer Diverter Switch Bushing pocket _____________
Bushing: ______________ ______________ ______________ _____________
Cable box: ______________ ______________ ______________ _____________

Sampling cause
New filling on: Filled volume: (t)
Remaining filling on: Filled volume: (t)
Interference on:
Oil treatment on:
Routine inspection:

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 1


by Siemens AG.
Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.: 170801-03
Check list “Oil Sampling”

Siemens Energy Transformers

Examinations
Recommendation:

New transformer new

Maintenance multiple
commissioning

contact switch
After defect or

Maintenance
transformer
damage
Requested analysis
Color number ISO 2049 / ASTM D1500
Appearance IEC 60422 / ASTM D1524
Neutralization value IEC 62021 / ASTM D974
Breakdown voltage IEC 60156 / ASTM D1816
Water content IEC 60814 / ASTM D1533
Diel. Dissipation factor at 50 Hz IEC 60247 / ASTM D924
Interfacial tension EN 14210 / ASTM D971
Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) IEC 60567 / ASTM 3612
Furan analysis IEC 61198 / ASTM D5837
Inhibitor content IEC 60666 / ASTM D2668
Corrosive sulfur IEC 62535 / ASTM D1275B
Corrosive sulfur DIN 51353
Passivator content IEC 60666
Additional examinations

Protocol language
German English French ____________

Further information and history


_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Sample taken by

__________ _________________________ __________________ _______________


Date Name in print Company/Dpt. Phone

Responsible service engineer

__________ _________________________ __________________ _______________


Date Name in print Company/Dpt. Phone

Lab processing note


Serial No.: Special features:
Sample receipt date:
Sample analysis date:
Type of sampling vessel:

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 2


by Siemens AG.
Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.: 170801-03
Oil Sampling Instructions

Siemens Energy Transformers

Oil Sampling Instructions


Sample volume
 Oil examination requires 1 liter of oil.
 Gas-analytic oil examination requires a separate oil sample of 1 liter.

Sampling vessels
Sampling vessels must be clean 1 liter bottles with gas-right closing mechanisms.
Usually, special aluminum bottles with plastic screw cap and seal are used. The closing
mechanism must be so tight that no air is drawn in when the sample cools off.

NOTE
Suitable sample bottles are available from the manufacturer's plant.

NOTE
Only take the oil sample with glass bottles when the sample temperature at sampling is
guaranteed to be greater or the same as the storage and transport temperature.
Otherwise, coordinate with the examination lab.
Samples for gas analysis must only be taken by the overflow procedure. The work steps
for sampling must be performed quickly and without any interruption to prevent contact
between the oil sample and the atmosphere as far as possible. In every case, notice the
temperature inside the oil jet in the test protocol.

Sampling points
 for gas analysis examinations: usually tank "top"
 for other examinations: usually tank "bottom"

Procedure when taking oil from the oil sampling valve


1. Screw a threaded connection piece with seal, hose attachment and oil-proof hose (30 - 50
cm long) onto the threaded piece of the oil sampling valve.

2. Open the oil sampling valve and let about two to three liters of oil (from the outlet
pipeline) flow into the oil collection vessel.

3. Push the hose into the oil sample bottle to the ground. First fill the bottle slowly from the
bottom, then let oil flow strongly until oil at a volume of 2 to 3 times the bottle content has
flowed over into an oil collection container.

4. Last, reduce the oil flow again and draw the bottle from the hose downwards with the oil
sampling valve still open. Close the bottle at once when it was drawn from the hose.

5. Then close the oil sampling valve again properly.

6. Dispose of discharged oil in the oil collection vessel properly.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 3


by Siemens AG.
Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.: 170801-03
Oil Sampling Instructions

Siemens Energy Transformers

Procedure when taking oil samples from the conservator of the diverter switch
1. Open the drain slide valve at the conservator diverter switch.

2. Work steps 1-6 from “Taking oil from the oil sampling valve”.

NOTE
Oil samples must only be taken with a suitable sampling valve in case of direct oil filling
to the transformer tank from oil barrels.

1 Transformer tank
2 Oil sampling valve
3 Hose
4 Oil sample bottle
5 Oil collection vessel
Fig. 1 Oil sampling with oil sample bottle and oil collection vessel

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed 4


by Siemens AG.
Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.: 170801-03
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

Inbetriebsetzungsingenieur von Siemens:


Commissioning engineer of Siemens

Datum der Inbetriebsetzungsprüfungen:


Date of commissioning tests:

In Anwesenheit von:
In the prescence of

Datum der Inbetriebnahme (voraussichtlich):


Date of energizing (expected):

In Anwesenheit von:
In the prescence of

Ort, Datum Ort, Datum


Place, date of issue Place, date of issue

Kunde/Customer SIEMENS TRANSFORMERS

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 1 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

1. Nenndaten
Rating
Vorschriften:
Standards

Hochvolt Niedervolt Tertiär


High voltage Low voltage Tertiary
Leistung
Power
Spannung
Voltage
Strom
Current

Schaltgruppe:
Vector group

Regelbereich: in Stufen von


Control range in steps of

Kurzschlussspannungen HV/LV tap %


Impedance voltages HV/LV
tap %

tap %

Frequenz: Hz
Frequency

Kühlungsart::
Type of cooling

Baujahr:
Year of Manufacture

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 2 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

2. Elektrische Prüfungen
Electrical tests
2.1 Isolationswiderstand
Insulations resistance
Prüfspannung: kV Gleichspannung
Test Voltage: kV DC

Zeit / Time
Min. / min.

Umgebungstemperatur: °C Öltemperartur: °C
Ambient temperature Oil temperatrue

2.1.1Kernisolation
Core insulation
Prüfspannung: 0,5 kV Gleichspannung / 2,5 kV AC
Test Voltage: 0.5 kV DC / 2.5 kV AC

Zeit / Time
Min. / min.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 3 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

2.2 Schaltgruppenkontrolle
Check of vector group

Alle 3 HV Klemmen anspeisen, 1HV und 1NV (tertiär) Klemme verbinden.


3 phase supply connected to HV terminals, one HV terminal connected to one LV (Tertiary) terminal.

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 4 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

2.3 Magnetisierungsstrom (HV)


Magnetizing current (HV)

Schalterstellung Anspeisung mA
Tap position Supply voltage Phase Phase Phase

2.4 Übersetzung: mit Meßbrücke oder Voltmeter


Ratio: with bridge or voltmeter method

Schalterstellung Nennübersetzung Abweichung in % / Deviation in %


Tap position Rated ratio Klemmen / Terminals

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 5 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

2.5 Wicklungswiderstände
Winding resistances

Schalterstellung Klemmen Widerstand Mittlere Öltemp.


Tap position Terminals Resistance Average oil temp.
W °C

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 6 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

2.6 Stromwandler
Current transformer

Polaritätsprüfung -Check of the polarity

Wandlerbezeichnung laut Leistungsschild - CT - Nr. and CT - Location according to rating plate

2.7 Öl - Durchschlagsfestigkeit
Dielectric strength of oil

Lieferfirma: Type:
Supplier of oil Type

Probe von: Druchschlag kV/cm


Sample from Breakdown voltage

Kessel oben
Top of main tank
Kessel unten
Bottom of main tank

2.8 Isolationswiderstand der Verkabelung


Insulation resistance of secondary circuit

Prüfspannung : V Gleichspannung
Test voltage : V DC

Isolationswiderstand:
Insulation resistance:

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 7 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

3. Prüfungen auf Betriebsbereitschaft


Operational

3.1 Regelschaltereinrichtungen
Tap changing equipment geprüfet / Bemer.
tested / remarks
Durchschalten händisch - stationär und mit Fernbedienung
Manual operation - loccal and remote operation
Sperrschalter - Kurbel oder Motorantrieb
Action of manual operation safety inerlock
Endschalter / Limit Switches
Stellungsanzeiger mechanisch u. elektrisch in allen Positionen
Mechanical and electrical check of indicator for all positions
Zählwerk für Schaltungen / Tap change counter
Motor Nennleistung / Rated power of motor W
Motor Nennstrom / Rated current of motor A
Strom gemessen / Measured current A
Überstromrelais eingestellt / Setting of overload relay

3.2 Kühlungseinrichtung
Cooling equipment
geprüfet/Bemerkungen
testet / remarks
Lüfter / Fans Pumpen /Pum.
Motor Nennleistung / Rated power of motor W W
Motor Nennstrom / Rated current of motor A A
Strom gemessen / Measured current A A
Motorschtzschalter / Motor contactors
Drehrichtung / Direction on rotation
Überstromreais eingestellt / Setting of overload relay
Kühlersteuerung händisch / Manual control of coolers
Kühlersteuerung automatisch von der HV /HV
Wicklungstemperatur NV/LV
Control cooling automatic from Tertiär
Winding - temp indicator Tertiary

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 8 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

4. Prüfen und einstellen von Schutzvorrichtungen


Check and setting of protection equipment

4.1 Temperatur- Anzeiger - Temperature indicators


Hersteller/ Manufacturer:
Funktion geprüft Kontakt HV NV Tertiär ÖL
Kontakte eingestellt Contact HV LV Tertiary Oil
Alarm
Function checked Trip
Contacts are adjusted Cooler 1
Cooler 2
Alle eingestellten mit den angezeiten Temperatruen verglichen Ja / Nein
All settings checked against indicated temperatures Yes / No
5. Sicht - Funktionsprüfungen
Visual inspections - functional tests
Geprüft / Checked
5.1 Erdungssystem
Equipment earthing
5.2 Trafo ist entlüftet
All air release plugs vented
5.3 Ölstand im Dehngefäß
Oil level in conservator
5.4 Trafo ist Öldicht
Transformator oil tight
5.5 Alle Absperrorgane in Betreibsstellung
All valves left in service position
5.6 Durchführungen unbeschädigt und sauber
Bushings undamaged und clean
5.7 Atmer
Breather
5.8 Lackierung (Korrosionsschutz)
Painting (protection against corrosion)
5.9 Buchholz: Alarmkontakte - Auslösungskontakte geprüft
Buchholz Relay Alarm contact - Trip contact checked
5.10 Reglerschutz
OLTC - Protective Relay
5.11 Ölstandsanzeiger: Minimum - Maximum Kontakt geprüft
Oil level indicators: Minimum - Maximum contact checked
5.12 Ölströmungsanzeiger geprüft
Oil flow indicator checked
5.13 Überdruckschutz
Pressure relief
5.14 Heizung im Steuerschrank und im Motorantrieb
Kiosk and cubicle heaters operating correctly
5.15 Verdrahtung

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 9 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

Wiring

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 10 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 11 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 12 von/of 13
Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Protokoll "Inbetriebnahme" / Check list "Commissioning"

Kunde/Customer: Peru ENEL Dolly Standort/Station: Peru ENEL Dolly


Serien-Nr./Serial No.: 170801-03 Transformatortyp/
Projekt/Project: 170801-03 Type of transformer: EDUN7554D

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Dokument-Nr./Document no.:170801-03
Serien-Nr./Serial no.:170801-03 Seite/Page 13 von/of 13
Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Customer:Peru ENEL Dolly Typ of Transformer: EDUN7554D


Serial No.:169901-02 Rating: 40MVA
Project:169901-02 Ratio: 200/√3 ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/√3 / 10 kV

Station: Peru ENEL Dolly Maintenance Company:

Inspection
Maintenance work Date Signature Remarks
intervalls
Checking for leaks and cleanliness
Transformer tanks, covers, domes and pipes
1 year

Cooling system with pipe


1 year

Slide valves and fittings


1 year

Bushings
1 year

Cable box
1 year

On-load tap changer


1 year

Conservator with pipe (external)


1 year

Conservator (internal)
variabel

Oil level indicators


6 months

Current transformer box


1 year

Monitoring devices
1 year

Functional tests
Dehydrating breather
1 month

Monitoring devices (functioning and contacts)


Siemens Buchholz relay (sludge)
Sludge
1 year

Alarm
1 year

Tripping function
1 year

Diverter switch protection


1 year

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.:170801-03 Page 1 of 5
Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Customer:Peru ENEL Dolly Typ of Transformer: EDUN7554D


Serial No.:169901-02 Rating: 40MVA
Project:169901-02 Ratio: 200/√3 ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/√3 / 10 kV

Station: Peru ENEL Dolly Maintenance Company:

Inspection
Maintenance work Date Signature Remarks
intervalls
Oil level monitor main transformer
compartment 1 year

Oil level monitor on-load tap changer


compartment 1 year

Dial thermometers
1 year

Adjusting with stem-type thermometer


1 year

Resistance thermometer
1 year

Temperature monitor setting in °C


1 year

Oil circulating pumps


1 year

Fans
1 year

Oil flow monitors


6 months

Air flow monitors


6 months

Water flow monitors


6 months

Leak monitors
6 Monate

Fan and pump control


1 year

Pressure relief device


1 year

Cooling system
Oil entry/exit temperature
6 months

Water entry/exit temperature


6 months

Current transformers

Current transformer terminals


1 year

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.:170801-03 Page 2 of 5
Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Customer:Peru ENEL Dolly Typ of Transformer: EDUN7554D


Serial No.:169901-02 Rating: 40MVA
Project:169901-02 Ratio: 200/√3 ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/√3 / 10 kV

Station: Peru ENEL Dolly Maintenance Company:

Inspection
Maintenance work Date Signature Remarks
intervalls
Current transformer earthing
1 year

De-energized tap changer

Traversing all taps


1 year

Interlocks
1 year

Drive
1 year

Checking the control cubicles


Heating, lighting
1 year

Tightness
1 year

Contact functions
1 year

Wiring, ducts
1 year

On-load tap changer


Tap changer revision
Variabel

Motor drive
1 year

Contactor control
1 year

Stops, mechanical and electrical


1 year

Tap-to-tap interlock
1 year

Anti-corrosion coating
1 year

Oil examination
Transformer tank (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)*
1 year

Conservator (1)*
1 year

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.:170801-03 Page 3 of 5
Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Customer:Peru ENEL Dolly Typ of Transformer: EDUN7554D


Serial No.:169901-02 Rating: 40MVA
Project:169901-02 Ratio: 200/√3 ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/√3 / 10 kV

Station: Peru ENEL Dolly Maintenance Company:

Inspection
Maintenance work Date Signature Remarks
intervalls
Tap selector compartment (1, 6)*
1 year

Bushing compartment (1, 6)*


1 year

Cable box (1, 6)*


2 years

Condenser bushing

* recommended examinations: 1 = Disruptive discharge; 2 = Purity; 3 = Neutralization value; 4 = Saponification value; 5 = dieletrical dissipation factor; 6 = Gas analysis)

Cable box
Check moisture content of the cable boxes
filling compound variabel

Moisture collecting in air-filled cable cover


hoods variabel

Miscellaneous
Corrosion protection
1 year

Spark gaps, setting according to dimension


drawing 1 year

Sound absorption
1 year

Earth connections (protective earth)


1 year

Gas test device


1 year

Electrical Tests
Winding insulation resistance
max. 5 years

Transformation measurement
max. 5 years

No-load currents
max. 5 years

Winding resistance
max. 5 years

Dielectric dissipation factor at the 2 years,


transformer/reactor max. 5 years

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.:170801-03 Page 4 of 5
Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Siemens Energy Transformers

Check list "Maintenance Work and Electrical Tests"

Customer:Peru ENEL Dolly Typ of Transformer: EDUN7554D


Serial No.:169901-02 Rating: 40MVA
Project:169901-02 Ratio: 200/√3 ± 2 × 5.0% / 62.46/√3 / 10 kV

Station: Peru ENEL Dolly Maintenance Company:

Inspection
Maintenance work Date Signature Remarks
intervalls
Dielectric dissipation factor at condenser 2 years,
bushing max. 5 years
Insulation resistance of the wiring
2 years

Insulation resistance of the motors


2 years

Siemens Transformers Service/TLM:

Date of maintenance test:

In the prescence of

Place, date of issue Place, date of issue

Customer SIEMENS TRANSFORMERS

Siemens Energy is a trademark Iicensed by Siemens AG.


Document no.:170801-03
Serial no.:170801-03 Page 5 of 5

You might also like